WO2017166217A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017166217A1
WO2017166217A1 PCT/CN2016/078176 CN2016078176W WO2017166217A1 WO 2017166217 A1 WO2017166217 A1 WO 2017166217A1 CN 2016078176 W CN2016078176 W CN 2016078176W WO 2017166217 A1 WO2017166217 A1 WO 2017166217A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tti
dci
information
indicate
sent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/078176
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
邵家枫
李超君
吴作敏
马莎
张运玑
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2016/078176 priority Critical patent/WO2017166217A1/en
Publication of WO2017166217A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017166217A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus.
  • the network device and the user terminal have a transmission time interval TTI of 1 ms as the basic transmission time interval, that is, uplink transmission and downlink transmission.
  • the transmission time interval is 1ms.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method and apparatus, which solve the problem of waste of transmission resources in the prior art.
  • a data transmission method for a network device, the method comprising:
  • the method further includes:
  • the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the second DCI is sent to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI
  • the second DCI is sent to the UT on the time-frequency resource in the first TTI, and the information sent by the UT is received according to the first DCI and the second DCI. Sending information to the UT on the first TTI;
  • control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI
  • the information sent by the UT is received or the information is sent to the UT on the first TTI.
  • control indication information includes the first indication information or the second Instructions, where
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  • the method further includes:
  • Second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI further includes information for indicating a TTI length .
  • the information about the TTI length is used to indicate:
  • a TTI length the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window
  • At least two candidate TTI lengths wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths;
  • At least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window;
  • the time length of the at least one physical channel where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  • the method further includes:
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI;
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
  • the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information sent to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions:
  • the scheduling information includes The information that triggers the UT to transmit the initial transmission or is used to instruct the UT to receive the initial transmission; and/or,
  • the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to instruct the UT to receive information, including: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives the retransmission information.
  • Transmitting the first DCI to the UT including: transmitting a first DCI to the UT in a downlink control channel region within one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the one subframe; and/or ,
  • the length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  • the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information.
  • the first downlink control is sent to the UT to the user terminal Before the information DCI, it also includes:
  • a first DCI is generated based on scheduling information of the UT within a time window.
  • the method before the sending the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the method further includes:
  • the second aspect provides a data transmission method, which is applied to a user terminal UT, and the method includes:
  • the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating information transmission within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI is received.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
  • the method further includes:
  • the second DCI is received on the first TTI, the first TTI being one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second DCI is received on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the method further includes:
  • control indication information on the first TTI where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to complete the following functions. At least one of:
  • the method further includes:
  • control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, receiving the second DCI on the first TTI, transmitting the information according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or receiving the information on the first TTI;
  • control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not transmitted on the first TTI
  • the information is transmitted or received on the first TTI according to the first DCI.
  • control indication information includes the first indication information or the second Instructions, where
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second configuration information is received, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI further includes information for indicating a TTI length.
  • the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
  • a TTI length, a TTI length being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window
  • At least two candidate TTI lengths wherein the time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of at least two candidate TTI lengths;
  • At least one TTI length and a time window include location information of the TTI, and the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or,
  • the length of time at which at least one physical channel is located, and the physical channel includes an uplink data channel, At least one of a data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  • the method further includes:
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI;
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI;
  • the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information received on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI is further Used to indicate at least one of the following features:
  • the scheduling information includes For triggering the transmission of the initial transmission or for indicating the receipt of the initial transmission; and/or,
  • the second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the information or to indicate the received information, and the second DCI is used to trigger the information for sending the retransmission or the information for indicating the retransmission.
  • Receiving the first DCI comprising: receiving a first DCI in a downlink control channel region of one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the subframe; and/or,
  • the length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  • the method before receiving the first DCI, the method further includes:
  • the first notification information is used to indicate that the capability of receiving the second DCI is Or for indicating the ability to receive the first configuration information, or to indicate the ability to receive the second configuration information.
  • a network device where the network device includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send, to the user terminal, the first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT is within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode;
  • the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode.
  • the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the first TTI is in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: when the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, at the first The second DCI is sent to the UT on the TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send, by using the first TTI, control indication information, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the first TTI is sent.
  • the second DCI is a TTI of the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
  • the sending unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, Sending a second DCI to the UT on a time-frequency resource in a TTI, receiving information sent by the UT according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or transmitting information to the UT on the first TTI;
  • a sending unit configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, receive information sent by the UT according to the first DCI or send information to the UT on the first TTI.
  • control indication information includes the first indication information or the second Instructions, where
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  • the sending unit is further used Sending, to the UT, second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI further includes information for indicating a TTI length.
  • the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
  • a TTI length, a TTI length being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window
  • At least two candidate TTI lengths wherein the time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of at least two candidate TTI lengths;
  • At least one TTI length and a time window include location information of the TTI, and the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or,
  • the length of time at which at least one physical channel is located, and the physical channel includes an uplink data channel, At least one of a data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  • the eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect when in the first TTI When the second DCI is sent to the UT, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI;
  • the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information sent to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI is further Used to indicate at least one of the following features:
  • the scheduling information includes The information that triggers the UT to transmit the initial transmission or is used to instruct the UT to receive the initial transmission; and/or,
  • the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to instruct the UT to receive information, including: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives the retransmission information.
  • the sending unit configured to send the first DCI to the UT, includes: sending a first DCI to the UT in a downlink control channel region in one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2, or 3 of the one subframe Symbol; and/or,
  • the length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  • the network device further includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive first notification information sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information.
  • the network device further includes:
  • a processing unit configured to generate a first DCI according to the scheduling information of the UT in the time window.
  • the processing unit is further Used to generate a second DCI.
  • a user terminal includes:
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating information transmission in a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode;
  • the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI is received.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode;
  • the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the second DCI on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: when the configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, The second DCI is received on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive control indication information, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  • the first TTI is one of at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, Receiving a second DCI on a TTI, transmitting information according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or receiving information on the first TTI;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, send information according to the first DCI or receive information on the first TTI.
  • control indication information includes the first indication information or the second Instructions, where
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: The second configuration information is received, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI further includes information for indicating a TTI length.
  • the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
  • a TTI length being the length of time of the TTI contained in the time window
  • At least two candidate TTI lengths wherein the time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of at least two candidate TTI lengths;
  • At least one TTI length and a time window include location information of the TTI, and the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or,
  • the length of time at which the physical channel is located includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel when in the first TTI When the second DCI is received, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI;
  • the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information received on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI is further Used to indicate at least one of the following features:
  • the scheduling information includes For triggering the transmission of the initial transmission or for indicating the receipt of the initial transmission; and/or,
  • the second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the information or to indicate the received information, and the second DCI is used to trigger the information for sending the retransmission or the information for indicating the retransmission.
  • the receiving unit configured to receive the first DCI, includes: receiving, in a downlink control channel region of one subframe, a first DCI, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2, or 3 symbols of the subframe; and/or,
  • the length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  • the user terminal further includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the device has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the device has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or is configured to indicate that the second configuration information is received. ability.
  • a network device comprising a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores code and data, the processor can execute code in the memory, and the processor is configured to execute the first aspect to the tenth aspect of the first aspect A data transmission method as described in any of the seven possible implementations.
  • a user terminal comprising a processor and a memory
  • the memory stores code and data
  • the processor can execute code in the memory
  • the processor is configured to execute the tenth to the second aspect of the second aspect A data transmission method as claimed in any of the five possible implementations.
  • a communication system comprising the network device of the fifth aspect, and the user terminal of the sixth aspect.
  • the network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in the time window, time The window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI, so that the UT is configured with information transmission on the at least one TTI.
  • the user terminal may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, thereby The network device does not need to send scheduling information once per TTI, which saves transmission resources, and also reduces downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
  • FIG. 1 is a system architecture diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a baseband subsystem according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a first data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a second data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a third data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a fourth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a fifth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a sixth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a seventh data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an eighth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a ninth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a first DCI and a second DCI according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a physical resource block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another physical resource block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of still another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Multiple as referred to herein means two or more. "and/or”, describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately.
  • the symbol “/” generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • the downlink control channel may be replaced by at least one of the following: a Short Physical Downlink Control Channel (SPDCCH), a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), or other used for transmitting downlink control information.
  • SPDCCH Short Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the downlink data channel can be replaced by at least one of the following: a Short Physical Downlink Share Channel (SPDSCH), a Physical Downlink Share Channel (PDSCH), or other information for transmitting downlink data.
  • SPDSCH Short Physical Downlink Share Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Share Channel
  • the uplink control channel may be replaced by at least one of the following: a Short Physical Uplink Control Channel (SPUCCH), a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), or other used for transmitting uplink control information. Physical channel.
  • SPUCCH Short Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the uplink data channel can be replaced by at least one of the following: a Short Physical Uplink Share Channel (SPUSCH), a Physical Uplink Share Channel (PUSCH), or other information for transmitting uplink data.
  • SPUSCH Short Physical Uplink Share Channel
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Share Channel
  • a time window is used to indicate a unit in time
  • the time window includes at least one TTI
  • the at least one TTI may be time-continuous or time-interval.
  • the time window contains four TTIs of 2 symbol lengths. If the TTIs of the four 2-symbol time lengths can be temporally continuous, then (symbol 2, symbol 3) corresponds to the first TTI, (symbol 4, symbol 5) corresponds to the second TTI, (symbol 6, symbol 7) corresponds to the third TTI, (symbol 8, symbol 9) corresponds to the fourth TTI; if the four 2 symbol time length between the TTI If there is a time interval, then (symbol 2, symbol 3) corresponds to the first TTI, (symbol 6, symbol 7) corresponds to the second TTI, (symbol 8, symbol 9) corresponds to the third TTI, (symbol 10 , symbol 11) corresponds to the fourth TTI.
  • the length of a TTI may be greater than or equal to the length of one symbol, such as 1 symbol, 2 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, 7 symbols, or 14 symbols.
  • the symbol is a symbol of an LTE system in which the frequency domain of the subcarrier is 15 kHz, or a symbol of a communication system in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz.
  • the frequency domain in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz may be 30 kHz, 60 kHz, and 120 kHz, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the meaning of a symbol is equivalent to an OFDM symbol or an SC-FDMA symbol.
  • the symbol is an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing multiple access OFDMA symbol, a single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA symbol of an LTE system with a 15 kHz subcarrier spacing, or a symbol of a communication system with a larger subcarrier occupied frequency, this embodiment is This is not limited.
  • the information indicating the time window is carried in the control channel sent by the network device, such as in the first DCI, or may be carried in the high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling, or may be Is pre-defined, such as an integer multiple of the length of the TTI indicated by the TTI length information, or the length of 14 symbols, or an integer multiple of 14 symbols, or (14-control region occupied symbols) symbols The length, or (14-control area occupied by the control region) integer multiples of the length of the symbol. It can be understood that if the information indicating the time window is carried in the first DCI, it will not be carried in the second DCI.
  • the time window may be a time unit corresponding to the transmission or reception of the data information, or may be a time unit corresponding to the second DCI transmission time.
  • the first TTI refers to one of the at least one TTI included in the time window, and all TTIs included in the time window may be used as the first TTI, or some of the TTIs may be used as the first TTI.
  • the first downlink control information that is, the first DCI, is used to indicate that the user terminal (UT) performs scheduling information transmission in a time window, where the scheduling information includes the following information. At least one of the following: the indication information of the resource, the power command word of the uplink data channel or the uplink control channel, the information of the TTI length, the information of the second DCI, the MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme), and the like.
  • the first DCI may be replaced by a first downlink control channel and a slow downlink control channel.
  • the scheduling information for indicating that the UT is transmitting information within the time window is equivalent to the control information for instructing the UT to transmit information within the time window.
  • the second downlink control information that is, the second DCI, is used to trigger the UT to transmit information, and/or to instruct the UT to receive the information, and/or to update at least one of the scheduling information.
  • the second DCI may be replaced by a second downlink control channel or a fast downlink control channel.
  • the information to be sent may be at least one of an uplink control channel, an uplink data channel, a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), and an Uplink Control Information (UCI); the received information may be a downlink control channel, and downlink data. At least one of the channels.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • the system architecture of the communication system to which the embodiments of the present invention are applied is as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the system architecture diagram includes a network device 101, a user terminal 102, and a communication channel 103.
  • the network device 101 may be a base station, having a scheduling function of a shared channel, and having a history based on the history of packet data sent to the user terminal 102.
  • the scheduling is that when a plurality of user terminals 102 share transmission resources, a mechanism is needed.
  • the physical layer resources are effectively allocated to obtain statistical multiplexing gain.
  • the user terminal 102 may be a plurality of user terminals, and the user terminal 102 has a function of transmitting and receiving data through a communication channel 103 established with the network device 101.
  • the user terminal 102 performs transmission or reception processing of the shared channel based on the information transmitted through the scheduling control channel.
  • the user terminal 102 may be a mobile station, a mobile phone, a computer, a portable terminal, or the like, and the types of the user terminals 102 may be the same or different.
  • the network device 101 and the user terminal 102 perform data reception and transmission through the communication channel 103.
  • the communication channel 103 may be a wireless communication channel, and in the wireless communication channel, at least a shared channel and a scheduling control channel exist, and the shared channel is for The packet is transmitted and received and shared among the plurality of user terminals 102, and the scheduling control channel is used to transmit the allocation of the shared channel, the corresponding scheduling result, and the like.
  • the base station includes a baseband subsystem, a middle radio frequency subsystem, and an antenna feed subsystem.
  • the baseband subsystem is used to implement operation and maintenance of the entire base station, implement signaling processing, radio resource principle, and transmission interface to an EPC (Evolved Packet Core) Implement LTE physical layer, MAC (Medium Access Control) layer, L3 signaling, operation and maintenance main control function;
  • the middle RF subsystem realizes conversion between baseband signal, intermediate frequency signal and radio frequency signal, realizing Demodulation of LTE wireless received signals and modulation and power amplification of the transmitted signals;
  • the antenna feeder subsystem includes antennas and feeders connected to the base station radio frequency module and antennas and feeders of the GRS receiving cards for receiving and transmitting wireless air interface signals;
  • the whole subsystem is the supporting part of the baseband subsystem and the intermediate frequency subsystem, providing structure, power supply and environmental monitoring functions.
  • the baseband subsystem can be as shown in FIG. 3: for example, the mobile phone accesses the Internet through the base station to access the core network (MME/S-GW), and accesses the Internet through the core network, where the data of the Internet passes through the core network and the base station.
  • the interface is passed to the baseband part, and the baseband part performs PDCP, RLC, MAC layer, coding, modulation, etc., and is sent to the radio frequency part for transmission to the user terminal.
  • the baseband and the radio frequency can be connected through the CPRI interface; in addition, the radio frequency part can be pulled far by the optical fiber, for example, the remote RRU.
  • the baseband of each step of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present invention is implemented by radio frequency, and the receiving and transmitting step is implemented by an antenna (for example, an air interface).
  • the interface between the user terminal and the base station involved in the implementation of the present invention may be understood as an air interface for communication between the user terminal and the base station, or may also be referred to as a Uu interface.
  • the user terminal may be a user equipment.
  • the user equipment may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, or a UMPC (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer).
  • a computer a netbook, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present invention uses a UT as a mobile phone as an example, and FIG. 4 shows a block diagram of a partial structure of a mobile phone related to various embodiments of the present invention. .
  • the mobile phone includes: a memory, a processor, an RF (radio frequency) circuit, and a power supply.
  • a memory As shown in FIG. 4, the mobile phone includes: a memory, a processor, an RF (radio frequency) circuit, and a power supply.
  • RF radio frequency
  • the memory can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and modules stored in the memory.
  • the memory may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function, and the like; the storage data area may store data created according to usage of the mobile phone, and the like.
  • the memory may include a high speed random access memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory or the like.
  • the processor is the control center of the mobile phone, and connects various parts of the entire mobile phone by using various interfaces and lines, and executes each mobile phone by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory, and calling data stored in the memory.
  • the processor may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, etc., and modulates
  • the demodulation processor primarily handles wireless communications.
  • the RF circuit can be used to send and receive information or receive and transmit signals during a call.
  • RF circuits include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, an LNA (low noise amplifier), a duplexer, and the like.
  • the RF circuit can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication may use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (global system of mobile communication), GPRS (general packet radio service), CDMA (code division multiple access) , code division multiple access), WCDMA (wideband code division multiple access), LTE (long term evolution), e-mail, SMS (short messaging service), and the like.
  • the mobile phone also includes a power source (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • a power source such as a battery
  • the power source can be connected to the processor logic through the power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
  • the mobile phone may further include an input unit, a display unit, a sensor module, an audio module, a WiFi (wireless fidelity) module, a Bluetooth module, and the like, and details are not described herein.
  • an input unit a display unit, a sensor module, an audio module, a WiFi (wireless fidelity) module, a Bluetooth module, and the like, and details are not described herein.
  • FIG. 5 is a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the interaction entity of the method is a network device and a user terminal UT. Referring to FIG. 5, the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 201 The network device sends first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information indicating that the UT is within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  • the scheduling information may also be control information, including some scheduling or control information, such as PMI (Precoding Matrix Indicator), RBA (Resource Block Assignment), and MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme, Modulation and coding strategies).
  • PMI Precoding Matrix Indicator
  • RBA Resource Block Assignment
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme, Modulation and coding strategies
  • the number of the at least one TTI is N
  • the network device sends, to the UT, scheduling information used to indicate that the UT performs information transmission in a time window formed by the N TTIs, where the network device uses N TTIs.
  • the scheduling information of the information transmission is sent to the UT at one time, and the scheduling information is not required to be sent to each of the T TTIs.
  • the network device may also be in the N TTIs during the information transmission process. The preset information transmission on each TTI is changed.
  • the location information of the at least one TTI or the time window may be carried on a control channel sent by the network device, such as in the first DCI, or may be carried on a high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource). Control, Radio Resource Control) signaling, or may be predefined.
  • RRC Radio Resource
  • Control Radio Resource Control
  • the time window includes that the at least one TTI may be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the time window includes 3 TTIs, each TTI has a length of 2 symbols, the first TTI is located at symbol 2 and symbol 3, the second TTI is at symbol 4 and symbol 5, and the third TTI is at symbol 6 and symbol 7.
  • the first TTI is in symbol 2 and symbol 3, the second TTI is in symbol 6 and symbol 7, and the third TTI is in symbol 11 and symbol 12.
  • the network device may further generate the first DCI according to the scheduling information of the UT in the time window.
  • the scheduling information includes at least one of the following information: indication information of the resource, a power command word of the uplink data channel or the uplink control channel, information of the TTI length, information of the second DCI, MCS, NDI.
  • the network device multiplexes the original information to be transmitted in the first DCI, and then performs CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) addition, then performs channel coding, and finally performs rate matching, thereby generating a first DCI.
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • the CRC when the CRC is added, the CRC is scrambled by a UT-ID (UT-Identifier User Terminal Identity) or a C-RNTI (Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) common to a group of user terminals, then A DCI can be received by the set of user terminals; the CRC is scrambled with a UT-ID or C-RNTI common to a user terminal, and then the first DCI can be received only by the user terminal.
  • UT-ID UT-Identifier User Terminal Identity
  • C-RNTI Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • Step 202 The UT receives the first downlink control information DCI.
  • the UT may perform information transmission in a time window according to the scheduling information indicated by the first DCI, that is, the UT may include the TTI in the time window according to the first DCI.
  • the UT may perform information transmission in a time window according to the scheduling information indicated by the first DCI, that is, the UT may include the TTI in the time window according to the first DCI.
  • Send information to the network device, or according to the first DCI Receiving information sent by the network device on the TTI included in the time window.
  • the first DCI in the step 202 is the same as the first DCI in the foregoing step 201, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UT may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information.
  • the UT may also receive the change information sent by the network device for the information transmission on each of the N TTIs, and perform information transmission according to the corresponding change information.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 203 The network device sends first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode.
  • the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, where the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the UT to send information, indicating that the UT receives information, for Update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends the first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, where the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI.
  • the first configuration information may be carried on a network device sending control channel, such as in a first DCI, or may be carried on a high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling. Or it can be pre-defined.
  • the first configuration information may be configured according to the load condition of the system or the capability of the UT, and the UT supports receiving only the first DCI or receiving the first DCI and receiving the second DCI, so as to achieve a flexible control system without affecting the scheduling UT. Control signaling overhead and improve system transmission resource efficiency.
  • the network device receives the first notification information sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or The UT is instructed to have the ability to receive the second configuration information. Further, the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the first configuration information. It should be noted that, before receiving the first configuration information, the first configuration information may be sent after the first configuration information is sent, that is, when the first notification information is not received.
  • receiving the first The notification information may be before the second configuration information is sent, or after the second configuration information is sent, that is, the second configuration information is sent when the first notification information is not received.
  • the first notification information may also be used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving or transmitting information when the length of the TTI is less than or equal to 1 ms. At this time, implicitly defaulting the UT has the ability to receive the second DCI, or has the ability to receive the first configuration information, or have the ability to receive the second configuration information.
  • the first notification information may be used to notify the UT to support receiving the second DCI or the first configuration information or the second configuration information according to the load condition of the system or the capability of the UT, so as to achieve flexible control system control without affecting the scheduling UT.
  • Signaling overhead improves system transmission resource efficiency.
  • the first notification information may be carried on a UT transmission data channel, such as an uplink data channel, or may be carried on a control channel, such as an uplink control channel.
  • the information may be sent on the first TTI or sent on other TTIs included in the time window.
  • the information may be sent on the first TTI or the other TTI included in the time window.
  • the information sent by the UT may be received on the first TTI or the second TTI with a time interval after the first TTI included in the time window.
  • the information sent by the UT may be received on the first TTI or the second TTI having the time interval after the first TTI included in the time window.
  • the time interval between the second TTI and the first TTI may be predetermined first, or indicated by the first DCI, or indicated by the second DCI.
  • the value of the time interval may be an integer symbol greater than or equal to zero.
  • the first TTI may be indicated by the first DCI.
  • Step 204 The UT receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode.
  • the method further includes: the UT receiving the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used. Configure the first scheduling mode.
  • the UT sends the first notification information to the network device, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information. Further, the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second configuration information, or is used to indicate The UT does not have the ability to receive second configuration information. It should be noted that, before the first configuration information is received, the first notification information may be sent after the first configuration information is received, or after the first configuration information is sent, that is, when the first notification information is not received. Configuration information. It should be noted that, before receiving the second configuration information, the second configuration information may be sent after the second configuration information is sent, that is, when the first notification information is not received.
  • the first scheduling mode and the second scheduling mode of the first configuration information are consistent with the first scheduling mode and the second scheduling mode of the first configuration information in the foregoing step 203, and the embodiment of the present invention does not Let me repeat.
  • step 201 the method further includes:
  • Step 205a The network device sends a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the UT to send information, indicating that the UT receives information, and is used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information; that is, the second DCI can be used.
  • the UT sending information is triggered separately, or is used to indicate that the UT receives the information, or is used to update at least one of the scheduling information, and may also be used to trigger the UT to send information, and is used to indicate that the UT receives the information.
  • the at least one of the information for updating the scheduling information, or for triggering any two of the foregoing which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the scheduled information includes information used to trigger the UT to send the initial transmission or to indicate that the UT receives the initial transmission; and/or, the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to indicate the UT.
  • Receiving the information includes: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives the retransmission information.
  • the scheduling information includes: information for triggering the UT to send the initial transmission, where the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send the information, where the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send the retransmitted information.
  • the scheduling information includes: information for indicating that an initial transmission sent by the UT is received, and the second DCI is used to indicate that the UT receives the information, and is used to: indicate information for receiving a retransmission sent by the UT.
  • the previous transmission information that triggers the UT to transmit information or the previous reception information that indicates the UT reception information is referred to as the first information transmission, and the UT is triggered in the same first HARQ process number.
  • Sending information or instructing the UT to receive information is referred to as a second information transmission.
  • New data indication in the scheduling information corresponding to the second information transmission (New data Indicator, NDI)
  • the second information transmission is the initial information; the NDI and the first information in the scheduling information corresponding to the second information transmission
  • the second information transmission is retransmitted information. If there is no first information transmission, the second information transmission must be the initial information.
  • the present invention is not limited to information indicating retransmission and initial transmission, that is, it may be NDI, or may be other methods.
  • receiving the first DCI including: receiving the first DCI in a downlink control channel region of a subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the subframe; and/or The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms. It can be understood that the first DCI is only received on the control region control region, and/or the second DCI is only received on the shorter TTI.
  • the network device receives the first notification information sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or The UT is instructed to have the ability to receive the second configuration information.
  • the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the first configuration information. It should be noted that, before receiving the first notification information, the second DCI may be sent after the second DCI is sent, that is, when the first notification information is not received.
  • the first notification information may be carried on a UT transmission data channel, such as an uplink data channel, or may be carried on a control channel, such as an uplink control channel.
  • the second DCI when used to trigger the UT to send information, it may be used to indicate that the UT sends information on the fourth TTI after the first TTI, or may be after multiple TTIs from the first TTI.
  • the information is sent on any TTI, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention; when the second DCI is used to indicate that the UT receives information, it is used to indicate that the UT receives information on the first TTI.
  • the method further includes: the network device generating the second DCI.
  • the network device multiplexes the original information to be transmitted in the second DCI, and then performs CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) addition, then performs channel coding, and finally performs rate matching, thereby generating a second DCI.
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • the CRC uses a UT-ID (UT-Identifier User Terminal Identity) or a C-RNTI (Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) common to a group of user terminals.
  • the second DCI can be received by the group of user terminals; the CRC is scrambled with a UT-ID or C-RNTI common to a user terminal, then the second DCI can be only used by the user terminal receive.
  • Step 206a The UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI.
  • the UT sends the first notification information to the network device, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or is used for Indicates that the UT does not have the ability to receive second configuration information.
  • the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the second configuration information.
  • the sending of the first notification information may be before receiving the second DCI, or after receiving the second DCI, that is, when the first notification information is not sent.
  • step 206a is consistent with the second DCI in step 205a, and details are not described herein again.
  • steps 205a and 206a are performed when the network device does not send the first configuration information, that is, the network device and the UT can directly follow the steps. 201-202, and steps 205a-206a implement data transfer between the network device and the UT.
  • the network device sends the first configuration information according to step 203, and the UT receives the first configuration information according to step 204, referring to FIG. 8, the network device sends the second DCI, and the UT receives the second DCI. Specifically, as described in steps 205b-206b.
  • Step 205b When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, the network device sends a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the network device when the network device sends the first configuration information to the UT, and the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, the network device sends the first DCI to the UT in step 201, specifically: when the first When the configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, the network device sends the first DCI to the UT.
  • Step 206b When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, the UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI.
  • the UT when the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, the UT may be in time The second DCI is received on the first TTI included in the window. Since the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the information is sent according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the information sent by the UT is received according to the first DCI and the second DCI, after the UT receives the second DCI, The UT may receive information sent by the network device according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or send information to the network device according to the first DCI and the second DCI.
  • the receiving, by the UT, the first DCI in the step 202 is specifically: if the first configuration information is used.
  • the UT receives the first DCI. Since the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the information is sent according to the first DCI, or is used to indicate that the information sent by the UT is received according to the first DCI, after the UT receives the first DCI, the UT may receive the network according to the first DCI. The information sent by the device or sent to the network device according to the first DCI.
  • the network device receives the first notification information and sends the first configuration information according to step 203, and the UT sends the first notification information according to step 204 and receives the first configuration information, referring to FIG. 9, the network device sends the first The two DCIs, and the method by which the UT receives the second DCI are specifically as described in steps 205c-206c.
  • Step 205c When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode and the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode
  • the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI
  • the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the second DCI.
  • the capability of the network device to send the first DCI to the UT in step 201 is specifically: the network device sends the first DCI to the UT, that is, the network device does not send the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI.
  • Step 206c When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode and the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, the UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI included in the time window.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode
  • the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI
  • the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the second DCI.
  • the capability of the UT to receive the first DCI is specifically as follows: The UT receives the first DCI sent by the network device, that is, the UT does not receive the second DCI on the first TTI.
  • the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the first TTI may be indicated by the first DCI.
  • the first DCI may further include information for indicating a TTI length.
  • the network device can configure different TTI lengths for the UT according to the service requirements and delay requirements of the UT to meet the requirements of different UTs, thereby improving system resource usage efficiency.
  • the sending period is configured by pre-definable or high-level signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the information of the TTI length is specifically the length of the TTI, it may be used to indicate different TTI lengths of (1)-(5), and the information of the TTI length has a certain effective time/duration/cycle, that is, the TTI length.
  • the effective time/duration/period of the information of the TTI length may be greater than the transmission period of the first DCI, or may be less than or equal to the transmission period of the first DCI.
  • the effective time/duration/period of the TI length information is pre-definable or high-layer signaling configuration, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling.
  • the UT/network device determines the effective time/duration/period of the TTI length corresponding to the information of the TTI length according to the information of the TTI length and the effective time/duration/period of the information of the TTI length. The details are as follows.
  • a TTI length, a TTI length is the length of time of the TTI included in the time window: that is, the time window includes the same length of time for each TTI, and is the indicated TTI length.
  • the TTI length information is used to indicate that the one type of TTI is 1 symbol, 2 symbols, 3 symbols or 4 symbols, 0.5 ms or 7 symbols, 1 ms or 14 symbols.
  • Tables 1 to 5 below.
  • Table 1 Value 10 corresponds Three symbols and/or four symbols
  • Value 10 can correspond to three symbols, or four symbols, or three symbols corresponding to four symbols. That is, corresponding to 3 symbols and corresponding to 4 symbols can be understood as a TTI length.
  • the TTI length of the 1 ms subframe can be 4343, or 3434.
  • TTI sequence structure of 3344, or 4433, or 4334, or 3443 wherein 4343 represents a TTI with a TTI sequence structure of 4 symbols in 1 ms, a TTI of 3 symbols, a TTI of 4 symbols, 3 symbols
  • 4343 represents a TTI with a TTI sequence structure of 4 symbols in 1 ms, a TTI of 3 symbols, a TTI of 4 symbols, 3 symbols
  • the TTI if the indicated TTI length is corresponding to 3 symbols, also corresponds to 4 symbols, that is, the TTI length and the TTI sequence structure in one subframe are one of the above examples.
  • the correspondence between the value of the TTI length information and the indicated time length or the table may be pre-defined or high-level signaling, and is not limited here, that is, as high-level signaling, then according to the upper layer.
  • the Value 00 indicated by the signaling may correspond to 2 symbols instead of 1 symbol.
  • the value of the information of at least one TTI length in 4, and/or the value of the information of at least one TTI length in Table 5 may be combined into a new TTI length information table.
  • the high layer signaling such as RRC (Radio Resource Control).
  • 0.5ms can be replaced by 7 symbols or 6 symbols; 1ms can be replaced by 14 symbols or 12 symbols.
  • the UT or the network device determines, according to the second DCI and the at least two candidate TTI lengths, a time length that includes a TTI in the time window, where the second DCI includes a TTI length indicating one of the TTI lengths of the at least two candidates.
  • the information is selected; that is, the length of the specific TTI included in the time window may be selected from the at least two candidate TTI lengths according to the second DCI.
  • the length of the TTI may be different from the length of the TTI indicated by the second DCI, that is, the time length of the TTI included in the time window may be different; or the length of the TTI may correspond to each TTI included in the time window.
  • the length of time that is, the length of time for each TTI included in the time window is the same.
  • the TTI length selection information included in the second DCI includes a first candidate time length and a second candidate time length. If the information of the TTI length included in the first DCI is value 00, the first candidate time length is 1 symbol, and the second candidate time length is 2 symbols.
  • the at least two candidate TTI lengths may be the same or different.
  • the UT may determine, according to the information of the TTI length, only the length of time in the time window including the TTI, without determining according to the second DCI.
  • the time window contains the length of time of the TTI.
  • the correspondence between the value of the information of the TTI length included in the first DCI and the TTI length of the at least two candidates may be pre-defined or high-level signaling, and is not limited herein. That is, as high-level signaling, then according to high-level signaling
  • the value 00 shown may correspond to 3 symbols or 4 symbols instead of 1 symbol or 2 symbols.
  • the values of the information of the two candidate TTI lengths in Table 6 below, and/or the values of the information of the three candidate TTI lengths in Table 7, the values of the information of the TTI lengths of the unequal-length candidates in Table 8, and/or The values of the TTI length selection information included in the second DCI in Table 9, and/or the values of the TTI length selection information included in the second DCI in Table 10 may be combined into a new TTI length information table.
  • 0.5ms can be replaced by 7 symbols or 6 symbols; 1ms can be replaced by 14 symbols or 12 symbols.
  • the UT determines, according to the location information of the TTI and the at least one TTI length, a time length of the TTI included in the time window, and the corresponding relationship is predefined, or is reported by a high layer signaling; that is, the time window includes
  • the length of each TTI may be the same or different, and the specific TTI length of each TTI included in the time window may be determined according to the sequence information of the TTI position and the at least one TTI length, but the correspondence is predefined, or higher layer signaling. Notified, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling.
  • the location information of the TTI is the first TTI, the second TTI, the third TTI, the ., the Nth TTI, where the symbols of the TTI are consecutive or discontinuous. , depending on whether the symbols occupied by the time window are continuous.
  • the length of the Nth TTI is determined according to the bit information field indicating the length of the Nth TTI.
  • At least one TTI length, the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window, and the location information of the TTI included in the time window is pre-defined or high-level signaling.
  • At least one TTI length in (4) is similar to at least one TTI length in (3) above, but the difference is that the location information of the TTI in (3) is indicated by information of the TTI length. And the location information of the TTI in (4) is predefined, or is reported by higher layer signaling.
  • the length of time at which the physical channel is located the physical channel comprising at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel. That is, the length of time of the TTI where at least one physical channel is located. Further, the UT or the network device determines the length of time the physical channel is located according to the type of the physical channel on the TTI included in the time window; that is, one physical channel corresponds to one TTI length, and different physical channels may correspond to the same Or different TTI lengths. For example, the length of the downlink data channel may be 1 symbol or 2 symbols or 3 symbols or 0.5 ms or 1 ms; the length of the uplink data channel may be 1 symbol or 2 symbols or 3 symbols or 0.5 ms or 1 ms.
  • the length of time at which the at least one physical channel is located is specifically the length of time in which the uplink control channel is located and the length of time in which the downlink data channel is located.
  • the length of time of the TTI where the at least one physical channel is located is specifically the length of time of the TTI where the uplink control channel is located and the length of time of the TTI where the downlink data channel is located.
  • the length of time for the sPUCCH is 3 symbols and/or 4 symbols
  • the length of time for the sPDSCH is 1 symbol.
  • the correspondence between the value of the TTI length information included in the first DCI and the TTI length of the indicated physical channel may be pre-defined or high-level signaling, which is not limited herein.
  • the downlink data channel indicated by the high layer signaling may correspond to 3 symbols or 4 symbols, and may also correspond to 1 symbol or 2 symbols.
  • the length of the TTI in which all the physical channels are indicated may only indicate one or a combination of the downlink data channel, the downlink control channel, the uplink control channel, and the uplink data channel. .
  • the length of the TTI included in the first DCI TTI length Downlink data channel 1 symbol Downlink control channel 1 symbol Uplink control channel 1 symbol Uplink data channel 2 symbols
  • the length of the TTI included in the first DCI TTI length Downlink data channel 2 symbols Uplink data channel 4 or 3 symbols
  • the length of the TTI included in the first DCI TTI length Downlink data channel 2 symbols
  • Uplink control channel 0.5ms
  • the information of the TTI length is specifically used for the content of the indication (5), and the relationship between the above (1) and (4) is “and/or”, that is, the information of the TTI length is specifically used for
  • the indication may be information in which any one of (1) to (4) is combined with (5).
  • the UT or network device is based on a physical letter on the TTI included in the time window
  • the length of the channel and the length information of the TTI of (1-4) determine the length of time of the TTI where the physical channel is located. Taking the combination of (5) and (1) as an example, if the first DCI is the indicated TTI length, the candidate TTI length is 2 symbols, and the indicated downlink data channel is 2 symbols or 0.5 ms. Then, the downlink data channel is transmitted only on the TTI with a length of 2 symbols.
  • the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the second DCI is only sent on the first symbol of the first TTI.
  • the advantage is that the UT can perform DCI demodulation as early as possible, saving UT processing time.
  • the second DCI of the multiple UTs is not carried on one symbol, the alternative is: if the number of symbols occupied by the first TTI is greater than 1 symbol, the network device sends the second to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the symbol index of the second DCI in the first TTI is indicated by the first DCI or higher layer signaling, that is, the UT or the network device determines the symbol index of the second DCI according to the first DCI or higher layer signaling, thereby The flexibility is maintained, and the location of the second DCI can be flexibly configured according to the system load.
  • the resource element RE occupied by the time-frequency resource of the second DCI belongs to the RE included in the downlink data channel, and the part included in the downlink data channel
  • the RE is preset to the second DCI.
  • the specific method is as follows.
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; when the network device is in the first TTI included in the time window When the second DCI is not sent to the UT, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located.
  • the user terminal receives the second DCI on the first TTI, it determines that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; if the second DCI is not received in the first TTI Or determining, according to the control indication information, that the first TTI included in the time window does not send the second DCI, determining that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located.
  • time-frequency resource of the second DCI may be carried on the network device sending control channel, such as the first DCI or the control indication information, or may be carried on the high layer signaling.
  • control channel such as the first DCI or the control indication information
  • the time-frequency resource of the second DCI may be a resource in a time domain frequency domain resource on the first TTI.
  • Time-frequency resources include: time domain resources and frequency domain resources.
  • the time domain resource is a symbol, a symbol group, a slot, or a subframe, where the symbol is a symbol of an LTE system in which the frequency domain of the subcarrier is 15 kHz.
  • the symbol is a symbol of a communication system in which the subcarrier is located in the frequency domain greater than 15 kHz;
  • the time slot is a time slot of an LTE system in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is 15 kHz, or a communication in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz
  • the time slot of the system may be less than 0.5 ms in length;
  • the subframe is a subframe of an LTE system in which the frequency domain of the subcarrier is 15 kHz, or a subframe of a communication system in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz, and the length may be It is less than 1 ms, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the frequency domain resource is a short physical resource block (SPRB), a short physical resource block group (SRBG), a short virtual resource block (SVRB), and a short virtual resource block (SVRB).
  • SPRB and SVRB are the basic units for resource allocation of different meanings.
  • the SPRB is 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain. In the time domain, it is a resource with a transmission time length. The transmission time length can be from 1 symbol to any number of symbols in 14 symbols.
  • SVRB and SPRB In the centralized resource allocation, SVRB and SPRB. The definition is the same.
  • SVRB has a certain correspondence with SPRB in distributed resource allocation.
  • the SPRB index is an SPRB index
  • the SVRB index is an SVRB index.
  • the SPRB index and the SVRB index may be different.
  • the SRBG may include multiple SPRBs, and the number of SPRBs included in the SRBG is determined according to the bandwidth of the terminal device or is indicated by the network device.
  • the SPRB index may be the number of the SPRB
  • the SRBG index may be the number of the SRBB
  • the SVRB index may be the number of the SVRB
  • the subcarrier index may be the number of the subcarrier
  • the subcarrier group index may be the number of the subcarrier group.
  • the subcarrier group includes at least one subcarrier, where one subcarrier is located in a frequency domain equal to or greater than 15 kHz.
  • the second DCI is further used to instruct the UT to release the indication information of the preset information transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process ID in the buffer. Further, the second DCI is further used to indicate the first HARQ process ID.
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, and can be understood as: for each antenna port used for downlink transmission of the physical data channel, the complex-valued symbol block Should be mapped into a sequence, the mapping starts at y (p) (0) to the resource element RE(k,l), and in the short physical resource block (short PRB) configured for the UT, the UT assumes that there is no second DCI transmission, these resource elements RE(k, l) include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located.
  • mapping of the resource elements RE(k, l) at the antenna port p should be in the following increasing order: in the short physical resource block (short PRB) configured for the UT, the subcarrier index k is first increased, and then The symbol index l is incremented, and the symbol index starts from the first symbol of the first TTI.
  • short PRB short physical resource block
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, and can be understood as: for each antenna port for the downlink channel data channel transmission of the physical channel, the complex-valued symbol block Should be mapped into a sequence, the mapping starts at y (p) (0) to the resource element RE(k,l), and in the short physical resource block (short PRB) configured for the UT, it is assumed that the UT does not use these resource elements RE ( k, l) transmitting the second DCI, these resource elements RE(k, l) do not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located.
  • mapping of the resource elements RE(k, l) at the antenna port p should be in the following increasing order: in the short physical resource block (short PRB) configured for the UT, first increase the subcarrier index or the frequency domain. Index k, then increase the symbol index or time domain index l, the symbol index starts from the first symbol of the first TTI. among them, Is the number of modulation symbols used to transmit one physical channel at each antenna port, and y (p) (0) is a complex-valued symbol block with an index of 0 after modulation of antenna port p.
  • short PRB short physical resource block
  • the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, a CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and a second DCI corresponding The number of REs occupied by the CCE, the format of the second DCI.
  • the network device or the UT determines at least one of the following according to the first DCI: the RE occupied by the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, and the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI, and the format of the second DCI.
  • the first DCI is further used to indicate the RE occupied by the second DCI, and specifically, the first DCI is further used to indicate a pattern of the RE occupied by the second DCI.
  • the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI where the number of candidate downlink control channels may be the second DCI blind detection number, or the candidate number of the second DCI.
  • the network device or the UT determines the time-frequency resource occupied by the second DCI according to the above information. That is, the first DCI may indicate a change in the time-frequency resource of the second DCI.
  • the network device can The time-frequency resource of the second DCI is changed according to the number of scheduled users, the channel quality of the user, or the amount of information of the second DCI, and the time-frequency resource can be saved compared to the time-frequency resource of the predefined second DCI. purpose. At least one of the following: the RE of the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and the RE occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI.
  • the number and the format of the second DCI can reduce the number of blind detections of the second DCI by the UT.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 207 The network device sends HARQ feedback resource information to the UT, where the HARQ feedback resource information includes a first HARQ feedback resource and a second HARQ feedback resource.
  • the first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource are ACK/NACK feedback resources.
  • the network device may be notified by a physical channel, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling, such as the first DCI or higher layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the first HARQ feedback resource may be the first uplink control channel resource
  • the second HARQ feedback resource may be the second uplink control channel resource.
  • the format of the uplink control channel is not limited, and may be the uplink control channel format 1a/1b. It can also be in other formats.
  • the correspondence may be that the UT detects the second DCI and/or the received downlink data channel does not occupy the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource, corresponds to the first HARQ feedback resource, and the UT does not detect the second DCI and And/or the received downlink data channel occupies the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, and corresponds to the second HARQ feedback resource; that is, when the UT detects the second DCI and/or determines that the received downlink data channel is not occupied.
  • the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI transmits the HARQ response information on the first HARQ feedback resource, if the UT does not detect the second DCI and/or determines that the received downlink data channel occupies the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource Then, the HARQ response information is sent on the second HARQ feedback resource.
  • the correspondence between the first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource may also be exchanged, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • Step 208 The UT receives HARQ feedback resource information.
  • step 214 is consistent with the HARQ feedback resource information in step 213, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 209 The UT determines HARQ feedback resource information corresponding to the detection result according to the detection result and the correspondence.
  • the UT may select the HARQ feedback resource information corresponding to the detection result of the HARQ according to the HARQ feedback resource information and the corresponding relationship, and return the HARQ feedback information on the corresponding corresponding HARQ feedback resource information. To feed back the test results to the network device.
  • the UT detects the second DCI and/or Or determining that the received downlink data channel does not occupy the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, and then sending the HARQ response information on the first HARQ feedback resource; otherwise, transmitting the HARQ response information on the second HARQ feedback resource.
  • the UT detects the second DCI and/or determines that the received downlink data channel does not occupy the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, sends ACK/NACK feedback information on the first HARQ feedback resource; if the UT detects And sending ACK/NACK feedback information on the second HARQ feedback resource to the second DCI and/or determining that the received downlink data channel does not occupy the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI.
  • Step 210 The network device receives the HARQ feedback information, and determines the detection result of the UT according to the HARQ feedback resource information and the correspondence.
  • the mapping relationship between the first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource may be: Determining the detection result of the UT feedback, and then determining whether the detection result of the UT feedback is related to whether the second DCI is actually sent to the UT before, and/or the downlink data channel occupies the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI. Whether the detection result of the UT feedback is correct, that is, whether the UT receives the correct and/or whether the correct rate matching is performed, so that the UT is further scheduled and instructed according to whether the detection result of the UT feedback is correct.
  • the network device can identify the receiving condition of the UT through different HARQ feedback resource information, thereby avoiding the problem that the information transmission continues to fail when there is an inconsistency between the network device sending and the UT receiving.
  • the network device sends the first DCI or the second DCI to the UT, where the NDI carried in the first DCI or the second DCI and the downlink data are scheduled.
  • the NDI in the DCI of the channel is inconsistent, and the first HARQ process ID carried in the first DCI or the second DCI is the same as the first HARQ process ID in the DCI.
  • the indication information used to instruct the UT to release the previous data corresponding to the first HARQ process ID in the buffer can solve the problem of avoiding the continuous failure of the information transmission by instructing to release the content in the buffer and releasing the information of the rate matching error.
  • the method for determining whether the detection result of the UT is correct according to the steps 207-210 is applicable to the data transmission method shown in any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 9.
  • the method shown in FIG. 10 is as shown in FIG. The method described is described as an example.
  • the network device sends the HARQ feedback resource information to the UT, and the step 208 of the UT receiving the HARQ feedback resource information and the foregoing steps 201-206 have no sequence, and the steps 207-208 need only be before the steps 209-210.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • a data transmission method is provided by the network device.
  • the network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in the time window, and the time window. Include at least one transmission time interval TTI to configure information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, after which the network device passes the second DCI to the UT, the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the UT
  • the sending information is used to indicate that the UT receives the information, and is used to update at least part of the information in the scheduling information, and further schedule or change the scheduling information of the UT, so that the scheduling information in the first DCI and the second DCI can be implemented.
  • the network device solves the problem of rate matching error by indicating whether the RE occupied by the downlink data channel that is sent includes the RE where the second DCI is located, and also saves transmission resources.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 11, the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 301 The network device sends a first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information indicating that the UT is within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  • the network device may further generate the first DCI according to the scheduling information of the UT in the time window.
  • the method for generating the first DCI by the network device is the same as the method for generating the first DCI in the previous embodiment. For details, refer to the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 302 The UT receives the first downlink control information DCI.
  • steps 301-302 are the same as the above-mentioned steps 201-202 in the embodiment, and the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the first TTI may be indicated by the first DCI.
  • Step 303 The network device sends control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  • the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the UT to send information, indicating that the UT receives information, and is used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  • control indication information includes first indication information or second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the second TTI is sent on the second TTI.
  • DCI DCI.
  • the control indication information includes 1-bit information, and the control indication information includes first indication information or second indication information. Value 0 corresponds to the first indication information, and Value 1 corresponds to the second indication information; and vice versa.
  • control indication information is scrambled by the UT-ID or the C-RNTI. That is, the network device sends the control indication information of the UT to the UT, and the sent control indication information is one of the first indication information or the second indication information. When there are multiple UTs, the network device needs to separately send control indication information corresponding to each UT to each UT.
  • control indication information may further include at least two information fields, where one information domain corresponds to a group of UTs, the UT is one UT of one of the UTs, and one information field includes first indication information or second indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that a group of UTs corresponding to one information domain does not send the second DCI on the first TTI, and the second indication information is used to indicate one.
  • a group of UTs corresponding to the information fields send the second DCI on the first TTI; that is, when the network device sends the control indication information to the UT, the control indication information is scrambled by the UT group identifier or the group RNTI, and the network device can
  • the control indication information of the group UT is sent to a group of UTs, and the sent control indication may include both the first indication information and the second indication information, and the set of UTs may include multiple UTs.
  • the network device can send control indication information to multiple groups of UTs through the correspondence between multiple information fields and multiple groups of UTs, that is, the transmission of multiple groups of UTs can be completed, and the control indication information is saved. Overhead.
  • the correspondence may be predefined, or reported by higher layer signaling, or indicated by the first DCI.
  • the UT determines the correspondence according to the first DCI or the high layer signaling, that is, whether the UT belongs to the first group UT or the second group UT, and further if the UT receives the control indication information, determining according to the control indication information and the correspondence relationship. What is received is the first indication information or the second indication information.
  • the control indication information includes 2-bit information
  • the control indication information includes at least two information fields, and one information domain corresponds to a group of UTs.
  • control indication information includes third indication information, fourth indication information, fifth indication information, or sixth indication information.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the UT does not send the second DCI on the first TTI, and the UT receives the first DCI, and the UT determines the scheduling information of the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI.
  • the network device sends a downlink data channel to the UT according to the first DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located;
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the UT sends the second DCI on the first TTI, and the UT receives the first DCI, and the UT determines scheduling information of the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI. Further, the network device sends a downlink data channel to the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI and the second DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located;
  • the fifth indication information is used to instruct the UT to send the second DCI on the first TTI, the UT does not receive the first DCI, or the UT determines, according to the first DCI, that the UT does not have the scheduling information on the first TTI. Further, the network device sends a downlink data channel to the UT according to the second DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located;
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that all UTs do not have a second DCI on the first TTI.
  • the control indication information includes 2 bits of information, and the control indication information includes at least one of the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, or the fifth indication information, or the sixth indication information. If the control indication information includes the third indication information to the sixth indication information, the Value 00 corresponds to the third indication information, the Value 01 corresponds to the fourth indication information, the Value 10 corresponds to the third indication information, and the Value 11 corresponds to the fourth indication information.
  • the corresponding relationship or the table of the value and the indication information may be pre-defined or high-level signaling, and is not limited here, that is, as the high-level signaling notification, the value 00 according to the high-level signaling may correspond to the fifth indication information. Instead of the third indication.
  • the second DCI in the step 303 is the same as the second DCI in the step 205a of the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 304 The UT receives control indication information on the first TTI.
  • control indication information in step 304 is consistent with the control indication information in step 303 above, and the embodiment of the present invention is not described herein.
  • the network device when the control indication information includes the first indication information or the second indication information, the network device sends the control indication information to each UT when the control indication information is sent, and the sent control indication information is the first indication information. Or one of the second indication information.
  • the network device needs to separately send control indication information corresponding to each UT to each UT.
  • control indication information may further include at least two information fields, one information domain corresponding to a group of UTs, the UT being one UT of one group of UTs, and one information field containing first indication information or second indication information; That is, the network device may send control indication information of the group of UTs to a group of UTs, and the sent control indication may include both the first indication information and the second indication information, and the set of UTs may include multiple UTs.
  • the network device can send control indication information to multiple groups of UTs through the correspondence between multiple information fields and multiple groups of UTs, that is, the transmission of multiple groups of UTs can be completed, and the control indication information is saved. Overhead.
  • the correspondence may be predefined, or reported by higher layer signaling, or indicated by the first DCI.
  • the UT determines the correspondence according to the first DCI or the high layer signaling, that is, whether the UT belongs to the first group UT or the second group UT, and further if the UT receives the control indication information, determining according to the control indication information and the correspondence relationship. What is received is the first indication information or the second indication information.
  • control indication information includes the first indication information or the second indication information, or includes at least two information fields
  • one information field corresponds to a group of UTs
  • one information field includes first indication information or second indication information.
  • the control indication information received by the UT can only be the first indication information or the second indication information.
  • control indication information may include the first indication information and the second indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, and the second indication information is sent on the first TTI, according to Different control indication information, the subsequent execution steps are also different. Therefore, the following is respectively described that the control indication information is the first indication information and the control indication information is the second indication information.
  • control indication information is the first indication information, that is, indicating that the first TTI is not Send the second DCI and perform steps 305A-306A.
  • Step 305A When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, the network device receives the information sent by the UT according to the first DCI or sends a downlink data channel to the UT on the first TTI.
  • Step 306A When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, the UT sends information to the network device according to the first DCI or receives the downlink data channel sent by the network device on the first TTI.
  • control indication information is the second indication information, that is, indicating that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, and then steps 305B-306B are performed.
  • Step 305B When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, and receives the information sent by the UT according to the first DCI and the second DCI. A downlink data channel is transmitted to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the method further includes: the network device generating the second DCI. It should be noted that the method for generating the second DCI by the network device is the same as the method for generating the second DCI in the previous embodiment. For details, refer to the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the time-frequency resource of the second DCI may be set in advance, and the frequency domain resource occupied by the one CCE includes an integer multiple of 36 subcarriers or 9 subcarriers, and the CCE aggregation level may be 1, 2, 4, 8 or other values, for example, a CCE occupies a frequency domain resource of 36 subcarriers, and a second DCI time-frequency resource occupies a CCE aggregation level of 2, and the CCE corresponding time-frequency resource is 72 subcarriers, and the subcarriers of the CCE are
  • the location may be continuous or intermittent.
  • the control indication information indicated by the first DCI, or defined by the higher layer signaling, or predefined.
  • the UT determines the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI according to the first DCI.
  • Step 306B When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, the UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI, and sends information according to the first DCI and the second DCI or receives the downlink on the first TTI. Data channel.
  • control indication information includes the third indication information, the fourth indication information, and the fifth The indication information or the sixth indication information
  • the corresponding subsequent execution steps are different due to different control indication information, and therefore, the control indication information is the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information or The sixth indication information is explained.
  • the control indication information is the third indication information
  • the UT receives the third indication information, it is determined that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, and the second DCI does not need to be detected on the first TTI.
  • the UT determines scheduling information of the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI, and performs information transmission according to the scheduling information of the UT.
  • the network device sends the downlink data channel to the UT according to the first DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, the UT is in the downlink.
  • the RE of the matched downlink data channel includes the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, that is, the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource is not punctured when the rate is matched;
  • control indication information is the fourth indication information
  • the UT receives the fourth indication information, it is determined that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, and the second DCI needs to be detected on the first TTI.
  • the UT After receiving the first DCI, the UT determines scheduling information of the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI, and performs information transmission according to the scheduling information of the UT.
  • the network device sends a downlink data channel to the UT according to the first DCI and the second DCI, and the RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, the UT When rate matching is performed on the downlink data channel, the RE occupied by the matched downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, that is, the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI when the rate is matched.
  • control indication information is the fifth indication information
  • the UT when the UT receives the fifth indication information, it determines that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, and the second DCI needs to be detected on the first TTI; The UT does not receive the first DCI or the UT determines that there is no scheduling information for the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI. Further, if the network device sends the downlink data channel to the UT according to the second DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource, the UT is in the downlink. When the data channel performs rate matching, the RE occupied by the matched downlink data channel does not include the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource, that is, the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource is punctured at the time of rate matching. ;
  • the UT determines that the second DCI does not exist in the first TTI when the sixth indication information is received, that is, the UT does not need to detect the first TTI. .
  • the scheduling information includes information used to trigger the sending of the initial transmission or information used to indicate the initial transmission; and/or the second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the information or to indicate the received information, including: for the second DCI.
  • the scheduling information includes: information used to trigger the sending of the initial transmission, where the second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the information, where the second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the retransmission information.
  • the scheduling information includes: information indicating that the initial transmission of the transmission is received, and the second DCI is used to indicate that the received information includes: or information used to indicate that the retransmission of the transmission is received.
  • the previous transmission information that triggers the transmission of the information or the previous reception information that indicates the received information is referred to as the first information transmission, and the same first HARQ process number triggers the transmission of the information or the indication of the received information. It is called the second information transmission.
  • the second information transmission When the new data indicator (NDI) in the scheduling information corresponding to the second information transmission is inconsistent with the NDI in the scheduling information corresponding to the first information transmission, the second information transmission is the initial information; When the NDI in the scheduling information corresponding to the second information transmission is consistent with the NDI in the scheduling indication information corresponding to the first information transmission, the second information transmission is retransmitted information. If there is no first information transmission, the second information transmission must be the initial information.
  • the present invention is not limited to information indicating retransmission and initial transmission, that is, it may be NDI, or may be other methods.
  • receiving the first DCI including: receiving the first DCI in a downlink control channel region in a subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the one subframe; and Or, the length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms. It can be understood that the first DCI is only received on the control region control region, and/or the second DCI is only received on the shorter TTI.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 307 The network device sends second configuration information to the UT, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control is sent to the UT on the first TTI. Instructions.
  • step 307 is similar to the first configuration information in step 203 of the foregoing embodiment, but the first scheduling mode in step 203 of the foregoing embodiment is used to indicate that the first configuration is received. a DCI, the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI and the second DCI are received; and the step 307 is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent on the first TTI. .
  • Step 308 The UT receives the second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information in the step 308 is the same as the second configuration information in the foregoing step 307, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first DCI when data transmission between the network device and the UT is implemented according to the method described in steps 301-208, the first DCI may further include information for indicating a TTI length.
  • the information about the length of the TTI may be used to indicate different TTI lengths, as described below.
  • a TTI length, a TTI length is the length of time of the TTI contained in the time window: or,
  • At least two candidate TTI lengths wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths;
  • At least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window where the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window;
  • the TTI length is corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window, and the location information of the TTI included in the time window is pre-defined or high-level signaling; and/or
  • the length of time at which the physical channel is located the physical channel including at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  • TTI length information in the embodiment of the present invention is consistent with the TTI length information (1)-(5) in the foregoing embodiment.
  • TTI length information (1)-(5) in the foregoing embodiment refer to the TTI length information (1)-(5) in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; when the network device is in the time window In the first TTI that is included, the second DCI is not sent to the UT, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located.
  • the UT when the UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI included in the time window, it is determined that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; when the UT is in the time window If the included first TTI does not receive the second DCI or determines, according to the control indication information, that the first TTI included in the time window does not send the second DCI, determining that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes, on the first TTI The RE of the second DCI with the time-frequency resource.
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel and the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI are compared with the time-frequency of the resource element RE and the second DCI occupied by the downlink data channel in the previous embodiment.
  • the REs of the resources are consistent. For details, refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, a CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and a second DCI corresponding The number of REs occupied by the CCE, the format of the second DCI.
  • the control indication information in this embodiment may also be used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, and a CCE corresponding to the second DCI.
  • the aggregation level, the number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI, and the format of the second DCI are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. At least one of the following: the RE of the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and the RE occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI.
  • the number and the format of the second DCI can reduce the number of blind detections of the second DCI by the UT.
  • the RE occupied by the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and the number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI and the number
  • the format of the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI occupied by the second DCI in the previous embodiment, the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and the number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI The format of the second DCI is the same. For details, refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 309 The network device sends HARQ feedback resource information to the UT, where the HARQ feedback resource information includes a first HARQ feedback resource and a second HARQ feedback resource.
  • Step 310 The UT receives HARQ feedback resource information.
  • Step 311 The UT determines HARQ feedback resource information corresponding to the detection result according to the detection result and the corresponding relationship, and sends the information to the network device.
  • the mapping relationship includes a mapping relationship between the detection result and the first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource, where the detection result includes whether the second DCI is detected, and/or whether the received downlink data channel occupies the time-frequency resource of the second DCI. RE.
  • Step 312 The network device receives the HARQ feedback information, and determines the detection result of the UT according to the HARQ feedback resource information and the corresponding relationship.
  • the relationship between the first DCI, the first TTI, and the second DCI described in the embodiment is as shown in FIG. 14 in the horizontal direction on the physical resource block PRB.
  • the time domain resource it is represented as a symbol in the time domain, that is, TTI. If it is a normal cyclic prefix, it includes 14 symbols. If it is an extended cyclic prefix, it includes 12 symbols.
  • TTI time domain resource
  • the vertical direction it is a frequency domain resource, including 12 sub-bands.
  • Carrier one subcarrier can be one resource element RE.
  • the control indication information and the second DCI distribution map on one physical resource block PRB, and the PRB includes 14 symbols in the time domain and 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the length of each TTI is For 2 symbols.
  • the RE with the label I indicates the control region, that is, the region where the first DCI is located; the RE with the label II indicates the region where the cell reference signal is located; and the RE with the label III indicates the region where the control indication information is located.
  • the RE labeled IV indicates the RE where the second DCI is located; the RE labeled V indicates the data region.
  • Control indication information is sent on each symbol in the figure, that is, the RE of the symbol III is transmitted on each symbol, but not the second DCI exists on each TTI, that is, the second DCI is not transmitted every 2 symbols.
  • the second DCI is sent on each TTI, that is, the second DCI is sent every 2 symbols.
  • each TTI has a length of 2 symbols.
  • the RE with the label I indicates the control region, that is, the region where the first DCI is located; the RE with the label II indicates the region where the cell reference signal is located; the RE labeled IV indicates the RE where the second DCI is located.
  • the RE labeled V indicates the data area.
  • the second is sent on each TTI.
  • the DCI that is, the second DCI is transmitted every 2 symbols.
  • a data transmission method is provided by the network device.
  • the network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in the time window, and the time window. Include at least one transmission time interval TTI to configure information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, after which the network device sends a second DCI to the UT, the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the The UT sends information for instructing the UT to receive information for updating at least a part of the information in the scheduling information, so that the scheduling of the UT can be implemented by using the scheduling information in the first DCI and the second DCI, using the second DCI instead of Using all scheduling information or all old scheduling information can improve resource utilization efficiency while reducing control signaling overhead.
  • the network device solves the problem of rate matching error by indicating whether the RE occupied by the downlink data channel that is sent includes the RE where the second DCI is located, and also saves
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device includes:
  • the sending unit 401 is configured to send, to the user terminal UT, first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT is within a time window, where the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI .
  • the number of the at least one TTI is N, and the network device sends, to the UT, scheduling information indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window formed by the N TTIs, where the network device uses N TTI information.
  • the transmitted scheduling information is sent to the UT at one time without transmitting the scheduling information for each TTI of the N TTIs.
  • the network device may also perform each of the N TTIs during the information transmission process.
  • the preset information transmission on the TTI is changed.
  • the time window includes that the at least one TTI may be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the sending unit 401 is further configured to send, to the UT, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
  • the first scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI.
  • the sending unit 401 is further configured to send, to the UT, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode;
  • the second scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI and the second DCI, the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
  • the first configuration information may be carried on a network device sending control channel, such as in a first DCI, or may be carried on a high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling. Medium, or it can be pre-defined.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the sending unit 401 is further configured to send the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the first TTI is in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • the sending unit 401 is further configured to: when the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, send a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is the time The window contains one of the at least one TTI.
  • the sending unit 401 is further configured to send control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the first TTI is Is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
  • the second DCI may be used to separately trigger the UT to send information, or separately used to indicate that the UT receives information, or used to update at least one of the scheduling information, or may be used to trigger the UT to be sent at the same time.
  • the sending unit 401 is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, on a time-frequency resource in the first TTI Transmitting the second DCI to the UT, receiving information sent by the UT according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or sending information to the UT on the first TTI;
  • the sending unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, receive information sent by the UT according to the first DCI or Information is sent to the UT on a TTI.
  • control indication information includes first indication information or second indication information, where
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  • the sending unit 401 is further configured to send, to the UT, second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or And configured to send the control indication information to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI further includes information for indicating a length of the TTI.
  • the information about the length of the TTI is used to indicate:
  • a TTI length the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window
  • At least two candidate TTI lengths wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths;
  • At least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window;
  • the time length of the at least one physical channel where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
  • the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information sent to the UT on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, and a CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI.
  • the scheduling information includes information used to trigger the UT to send an initial transmission or information used to instruct the UT to receive an initial transmission; and/or,
  • the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to instruct the UT to receive a message.
  • the information includes: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives retransmission information.
  • the sending unit 401 is configured to send the first DCI to the UT, including: sending the first DCI to the UT in a downlink control channel region in one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located The first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of a sub-frame; and/or,
  • the length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  • the network device further includes:
  • the receiving unit 402 is configured to receive first notification information that is sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information.
  • the network device further includes:
  • the processing unit 403 is configured to generate the first DCI according to scheduling information of the UT in a time window.
  • processing unit 403 is further configured to generate the second DCI.
  • a network device is provided by the network device, where the network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window, and the time window Include at least one transmission time interval TTI, so as to configure information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, so that when the user terminal receives the first DCI, the user terminal may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, thereby
  • the network device does not need to send scheduling information once per TTI, which saves transmission resources, and also reduces downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user terminal includes:
  • the receiving unit 501 is configured to receive first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating information transmission in a time window, where the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
  • the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI is received.
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is Information is used to configure the second scheduling mode;
  • the second scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive the second DCI on the first TTI, where the first TTI is in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  • a TTI A TTI.
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to: when the configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, receive the second DCI on the first TTI, where the first TTI is at least the time window includes A TTI in a TTI.
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive control indication information on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the A TTI is one of at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, receive the second DCI on the first TTI, according to the a DCI and the second DCI, transmitting information or receiving information on the first TTI;
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, send information according to the first DCI, or receive information on the first TTI. .
  • control indication information includes first indication information or second indication information, where
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that The control indication information is sent on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI further includes information for indicating a length of the TTI.
  • the information about the length of the TTI is used to indicate:
  • a TTI length the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window
  • At least two candidate TTI lengths wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths;
  • At least one TTI length and TTI location information of the TTI included in the time window the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window;
  • the time length of the at least one physical channel where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI;
  • the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes an RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
  • the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information received on the first TTI.
  • the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, and a CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI.
  • the scheduling information includes information used to trigger the sending of the initial transmission or information used to indicate the initial transmission; and/or,
  • the second DCI is used to trigger sending information or to indicate receiving information, and includes: the second DCI is used to trigger information for sending retransmission or information for indicating retransmission.
  • the receiving unit 401 is configured to receive the first DCI, where the first DCI is received in a downlink control channel region of a subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols; and/or,
  • the length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  • the user terminal further includes:
  • the sending unit 502 is configured to send first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that The ability to receive the second DCI, either to indicate the ability to receive the first configuration information, or to indicate the ability to receive the second configuration information.
  • the user terminal receives the first downlink control information DCI sent by the network device, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window, and the time window includes at least a transmission time interval TTI, thereby configuring information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, and performing information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, so that the network device does not need to send scheduling information once in each TTI, thereby saving transmission resources. At the same time, it also reduces the downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device, where the network device includes: a processor 61, a memory 62, and a communication interface 63.
  • FIG. 22 is merely illustrative, and does not limit the structure of the network device.
  • the network device may also include more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 22, or have a different configuration than that shown in FIG.
  • the memory 62 is configured to store computer execution instructions
  • the processor 61 is coupled to the memory 62, and when the network device is running, the processor 61 executes the computer execution instructions stored by the memory 62 to Having the network device perform the steps of the network device in the method shown in any of the above Figures 5-13.
  • the processor 61 executes the computer execution instructions stored by the memory 62 to Having the network device perform the steps of the network device in the method shown in any of the above Figures 5-13.
  • the embodiment further provides a storage medium, which may include the memory 62.
  • the processor 61 can be a CPU.
  • the processor 61 can also be other general purpose processors, DSPs, ASICs, FPGAs or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and the like.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the processor 61 may be a dedicated processor, and the dedicated processor may include at least one of a baseband processing chip, a radio frequency processing chip, and the like. Further, the dedicated processor may also include a chip having other dedicated processing functions of the network device.
  • the memory 62 can include volatile memory, such as random access memory RAM; the memory 62 can also include non-volatile memory, such as read only memory ROM, flash memory, HDD or SSD; A group of memories of the above kind may be included Hehe.
  • volatile memory such as random access memory RAM
  • non-volatile memory such as read only memory ROM, flash memory, HDD or SSD
  • a group of memories of the above kind may be included Hehe.
  • the communication interface 63 may specifically be a transceiver on a network device.
  • the transceiver can be a wireless transceiver.
  • the wireless transceiver can be an antenna of a network device or the like.
  • the processor 61 performs data transmission and reception with the other device, for example, the terminal through the communication interface 63.
  • each step of the network device in the method flow shown in any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 13 can be implemented by the processor 61 in the hardware form executing the computer executed instructions in the form of software stored in the memory 62. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat them here.
  • a network device is provided by the network device, where the network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window, and the time window Include at least one transmission time interval TTI, so as to configure information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, so that when the user terminal receives the first DCI, the user terminal may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, thereby
  • the network device does not need to send scheduling information once per TTI, which saves transmission resources, and also reduces downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
  • FIG. 23 is a user terminal, where the user terminal includes: a processor 71, a memory 72, and a communication interface 73.
  • FIG. 23 is merely illustrative, and does not limit the structure of the user terminal.
  • the user terminal may also include more or less components than those shown in FIG. 23, or have a different configuration than that shown in FIG.
  • the memory 72 is configured to store computer execution instructions
  • the processor 71 is coupled to the memory 72, and when the user terminal is running, the processor 71 executes the computer execution instructions stored by the memory 72 to
  • the user terminal is caused to perform the steps of the user terminal in the method flow shown in any of the above-mentioned FIGS. 5-13.
  • FIGS. 5-13 For a specific method, refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 13 , and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment further provides a storage medium, which may include the memory 72.
  • the processor 71 can be a central processing unit (English: central processing unit, abbreviation: CPU).
  • the processor 71 can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processing (DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (English) : Field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA Field-programmable gate array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the processor 71 may be a dedicated processor, and the dedicated processor may include at least one of a baseband processing chip, a radio frequency processing chip, and the like. Further, the dedicated processor may also include a chip having other dedicated processing functions of the user terminal.
  • the memory 72 may include a volatile memory (English: volatile memory) (English: random-access memory, abbreviation: RAM); the memory 72 may also include a non-volatile memory (English: Non-volatile memory, such as read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviation: ROM), flash memory (English: flash memory), hard disk (English: hard disk drive, abbreviation: HDD) or solid state drive (English) : solid-state drive, abbreviated: SSD); the memory 72 may also include a combination of the above types of memory.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • flash memory English: flash memory
  • HDD hard disk drive
  • SSD solid state drive
  • the communication interface 73 may specifically be a transceiver on the user terminal.
  • the transceiver can be a wireless transceiver.
  • the wireless transceiver can be an antenna of a user terminal or the like.
  • the processor 71 performs data transmission and reception with other devices, such as a base station, through the communication interface 73.
  • each step of the user terminal in the method flow shown in any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 13 can be implemented by the processor 71 in hardware form executing the computer-executed instruction in the form of software stored in the memory 72. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat them here.
  • the user terminal receives the first downlink control information DCI sent by the network device, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window, and the time window includes at least a transmission time interval TTI, thereby configuring information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, and performing information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, so that the network device does not need to send scheduling information once in each TTI, thereby saving transmission resources. At the same time, it also reduces the downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, which includes the network device described above with reference to FIG. 22 and the user terminal described above with reference to FIG.
  • the network device in the communication system sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in the time window, time The window contains at least one transmission time interval TTI, from And configuring, by the UT, the information transmission on the at least one TTI, when receiving the first DCI, the user terminal may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, so that the network device does not need to send the scheduling information once in each TTI. , which saves transmission resources, and also reduces downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a data transmission method and apparatus, which relate to the technical field of communications and are used for saving transmission resources and reducing network throughput. The method comprises a network device sending first downlink control information (DCI) to a user terminal (UT), wherein the first DCI comprises scheduling information for instructing the UT in a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval (TTI). After the user terminal receives the first downlink control information (DCI), the user terminal may transmit information on the at least one TTI in the time window according to the scheduling information comprised in the first DCI.

Description

数据传输方法及装置Data transmission method and device 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及装置。The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
在当前长期演进LTE和高级长期演进LTE-A系统中,网络设备和用户终端(User Terminal,UT)之间都是以1ms的传输时间间隔TTI为基本传输时间间隔,即上行传输和下行传输的传输时间间隔均为1ms。当网络设备对UT进行调度时,网络设备需要在一个TTI上将该TTI的全部调度信息发送给UT,当在下一个TTI对该UT再次进行调度时,仍需要将与下一个TTI的全部调度信息再次发送给该UT。然而,发送给同一个UT的前一个TTI的全部调度信息与后一个TTI的全部调度信息,其部分调度信息是相同的,因此,在网络设备对UT进行调度时,若在每一个TTI上都发送全部调度信息,则会造成传输资源的浪费,同时影响系统下行的吞吐量。In the current long-term evolution LTE and the advanced long-term evolution LTE-A system, the network device and the user terminal (UT) have a transmission time interval TTI of 1 ms as the basic transmission time interval, that is, uplink transmission and downlink transmission. The transmission time interval is 1ms. When the network device schedules the UT, the network device needs to send all the scheduling information of the TTI to the UT on one TTI. When scheduling the UT again in the next TTI, all the scheduling information with the next TTI still needs to be performed. Send it to the UT again. However, all the scheduling information of the previous TTI sent to the same UT and all the scheduling information of the latter TTI are partially the same. Therefore, when the network device schedules the UT, if it is on each TTI. Sending all scheduling information will result in waste of transmission resources and affect the downstream throughput of the system.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明的实施例提供一种数据传输方法及装置,解决了现有技术中传输资源的浪费的问题。Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method and apparatus, which solve the problem of waste of transmission resources in the prior art.
为达到上述目的,本发明的实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above object, embodiments of the present invention adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种数据传输方法,应用于网络设备,该方法包括:In a first aspect, a data transmission method is provided for a network device, the method comprising:
向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示UT在时间窗内的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。Transmitting, by the user terminal UT, first downlink control information DCI, the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT is within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:In combination with the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
向该UT发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;Sending, to the UT, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
其中,第一调度模式用于指示该UT接收第一DCI;The first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,还包括:In combination with the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
向该UT发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式; Sending, to the UT, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode;
其中,第二调度模式用于指示该UT接收第一DCI和第二DCI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
触发该UT发送信息,Trigger the UT to send information,
用于指示该UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。Used to update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI之后,还包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, after the first downlink control information DCI is sent to the user terminal UT, the method further includes:
在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Transmitting a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the first TTI being one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在向该UT发送第一DCI之后,还包括:In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, after the sending the first DCI to the UT, the method further includes:
当第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, the second DCI is sent to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,还包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
在第一TTI上向该UT发送控制指示信息,控制指示信息用于指示第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:Sending control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether to send the second DCI on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to Complete at least one of the following features:
触发该UT发送信息,Trigger the UT to send information,
用于指示该UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。Used to update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,在第一TTI上向该UT发送控制指示信息之后,还包括:With the fifth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, after the sending the control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, the method further includes:
当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI时,在第一TTI中的时频资源上向该UT发送第二DCI,根据第一DCI和第二DCI,接收该UT发送的信息或在第一TTI上向该UT发送信息;When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, the second DCI is sent to the UT on the time-frequency resource in the first TTI, and the information sent by the UT is received according to the first DCI and the second DCI. Sending information to the UT on the first TTI;
当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上未发送第二DCI时,根据第一DCI,接收该UT发送的信息或在第一TTI上向该UT发送信息。When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, according to the first DCI, the information sent by the UT is received or the information is sent to the UT on the first TTI.
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式或者第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中, With reference to the fifth possible implementation of the first aspect, or the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the control indication information includes the first indication information or the second Instructions, where
第一指示信息,用于指示在第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
第二指示信息,用于指示在第一TTI上发送第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,还包括:With reference to the fifth possible implementation of the first aspect, to any one of the seventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
向该UT发送第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示在第一TTI上向该UT不发送控制指示信息,或用于指示在第一TTI上向该UT发送控制指示信息。Sending, to the UT, second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent to the UT on the first TTI.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,所述第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。With reference to the first aspect to any one of the eighth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first DCI further includes information for indicating a TTI length .
结合第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述TTI长度的信息用于指示:With reference to the ninth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the information about the TTI length is used to indicate:
一种TTI长度,所述一种TTI长度为所述时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window, the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or
至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道,下行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The time length of the at least one physical channel, where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:With reference to the second possible implementation of the first aspect to any one of the tenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
当在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括所述第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,When the second DCI is sent to the UT on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
当在第一TTI中向所述UT未发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在所述第一TTI上的所述第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not sent to the UT in the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
其中,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上向所述UT发送的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information sent to the UT on the first TTI.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十一种可能 的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:Combining the second possible implementation of the first aspect with the eleventh possible aspect of the first aspect In a twelfth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions:
第二DCI占用的RE,The RE occupied by the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,The number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,The CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI的格式。The format of the second DCI.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,调度信息包括用于触发该UT发送初传的信息或用于指示该UT接收初传的信息;和/或,With reference to the second possible implementation of the first aspect to any one of the twelfth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the scheduling information includes The information that triggers the UT to transmit the initial transmission or is used to instruct the UT to receive the initial transmission; and/or,
第二DCI用于触发该UT发送信息或用于指示该UT接收信息,包括:第二DCI用来触发该UT发送重传的信息或用于指示该UT接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to instruct the UT to receive information, including: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives the retransmission information.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,In combination with the second possible implementation of the first aspect to any one of the thirteenth possible implementations of the first aspect, in a fourteenth possible implementation of the first aspect,
向该UT发送第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧内的下行控制信道区域向该UT发送第一DCI,下行控制信道区域位于该一个子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,Transmitting the first DCI to the UT, including: transmitting a first DCI to the UT in a downlink control channel region within one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the one subframe; and/or ,
第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,在向该UT发送第一DCI之前,还包括:In combination with the first aspect to any one of the fourteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, before the sending the first DCI to the UT, :
接收该UT发送的第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力或者用于指示该UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力。Receiving first notification information sent by the UT, the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中,在向用户终端该UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI之前,还包括:With reference to the first aspect to any one of the fifteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a sixteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first downlink control is sent to the UT to the user terminal Before the information DCI, it also includes:
根据该UT在时间窗内的调度信息生成第一DCI。A first DCI is generated based on scheduling information of the UT within a time window.
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十六种可能 的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中,在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI之前,还包括:Combining the third possible implementation of the first aspect with the sixteenth possibility of the first aspect In a seventeenth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, before the sending the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the method further includes:
生成第二DCI。Generate a second DCI.
第二方面,提供一种数据传输方法,应用于用户终端UT,该方法包括:The second aspect provides a data transmission method, which is applied to a user terminal UT, and the method includes:
接收第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包括至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。Receiving first downlink control information DCI, the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating information transmission within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;Receiving first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
其中,第一调度模式用于指示接收第一DCI。The first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI is received.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式;Receiving first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode;
其中,第二调度模式用于指示该UT接收第一DCI和第二DCI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
触发该UT发送信息,Trigger the UT to send information,
用于指示该UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。Used to update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在接收第一下行控制信息DCI之后,还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, after receiving the first downlink control information DCI, the method further includes:
在第一TTI上接收第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。The second DCI is received on the first TTI, the first TTI being one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在接收第一下行控制信息DCI之后,还包括:With the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, after receiving the first downlink control information DCI, the method further includes:
当配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上接收第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。When the configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, the second DCI is received on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
在第一TTI上接收控制指示信息,控制指示信息用于指示第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:Receiving control indication information on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to complete the following functions. At least one of:
触发该UT发送信息, Trigger the UT to send information,
用于指示该UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。Used to update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
结合第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,在第一TTI上接收控制指示信息之后,还包括:With the fifth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, after receiving the control indication information on the first TTI, the method further includes:
当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI时,在第一TTI上接收第二DCI,根据第一DCI和第二DCI,发送信息或在第一TTI上接收信息;When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, receiving the second DCI on the first TTI, transmitting the information according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or receiving the information on the first TTI;
当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上未发送第二DCI时,根据第一DCI,发送信息或在第一TTI上接收信息。When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not transmitted on the first TTI, the information is transmitted or received on the first TTI according to the first DCI.
结合第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式或者第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,With reference to the fifth possible implementation of the second aspect, or the sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the control indication information includes the first indication information or the second Instructions, where
第一指示信息,用于指示在第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
第二指示信息,用于指示在第一TTI上发送第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
结合第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,还包括:With reference to the fifth possible implementation of the second aspect to any one of the seventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
接收第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示在第一TTI上未发送控制指示信息,或用于指示在第一TTI上发送控制指示信息。The second configuration information is received, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent on the first TTI.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。With reference to any one of the second aspect to the eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first DCI further includes information for indicating a TTI length.
结合第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,TTI长度的信息用于指示:With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
一种TTI长度,一种TTI长度为时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, a TTI length being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein the time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
至少一种TTI长度和时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,TTI长度与时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and a time window include location information of the TTI, and the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or,
至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,物理信道包含上行数据信道,下 行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The length of time at which at least one physical channel is located, and the physical channel includes an uplink data channel, At least one of a data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:With reference to the second possible implementation of the second aspect to any one of the tenth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
当在第一TTI上接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,When receiving the second DCI on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
当在第一TTI上未接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在第一TTI上的第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not received on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI;
其中,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上接收的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information received on the first TTI.
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:With reference to the second possible implementation of the second aspect to any one of the eleventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first DCI is further Used to indicate at least one of the following features:
第二DCI占用的RE,The RE occupied by the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,The number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,The CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI的格式。The format of the second DCI.
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,调度信息包括用于触发发送初传的信息或用于指示接收初传的信息;和/或,With reference to the second possible implementation of the second aspect to any one of the twelfth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the scheduling information includes For triggering the transmission of the initial transmission or for indicating the receipt of the initial transmission; and/or,
第二DCI用于触发发送信息或用于指示接收信息,包括:第二DCI用来触发发送重传的信息或用于指示接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the information or to indicate the received information, and the second DCI is used to trigger the information for sending the retransmission or the information for indicating the retransmission.
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第二方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the second possible implementation of the second aspect to the thirteenth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a fourteenth possible implementation of the second aspect,
接收第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧的下行控制信道区域接收第一DCI,下行控制信道区域位于子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,Receiving the first DCI, comprising: receiving a first DCI in a downlink control channel region of one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the subframe; and/or,
第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第二方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,在接收第一DCI之前,还包括:With reference to the second aspect to any one of the fourteenth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before receiving the first DCI, the method further includes:
发送第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示具有接收第二DCI的能力, 或用于指示具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示具有接收第二配置信息的能力。Sending first notification information, the first notification information is used to indicate that the capability of receiving the second DCI is Or for indicating the ability to receive the first configuration information, or to indicate the ability to receive the second configuration information.
第三方面,提供一种网络设备,该网络设备包括:In a third aspect, a network device is provided, where the network device includes:
发送单元,用于向用户终端该UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。And a sending unit, configured to send, to the user terminal, the first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT is within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于向该UT发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send the first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode;
其中,第一调度模式用于指示该UT接收第一DCI;The first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于向该UT发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式;With reference to the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send the first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode.
其中,第二调度模式用于指示该UT接收第一DCI和第二DCI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
触发该UT发送信息,Trigger the UT to send information,
用于指示该UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。Used to update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。With reference to the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is in the at least one TTI included in the time window. One of the TTIs.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于当第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。With the second possible implementation of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: when the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, at the first The second DCI is sent to the UT on the TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于在第一TTI上向该UT发送控制指示信息,控制指示信息用于指示第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:With reference to the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send, by using the first TTI, control indication information, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the first TTI is sent. The second DCI is a TTI of the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
触发该UT发送信息,Trigger the UT to send information,
用于指示该UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。 Used to update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI时,在第一TTI中的时频资源上向该UT发送第二DCI,根据第一DCI和第二DCI,接收该UT发送的信息或在第一TTI上向该UT发送信息;With the fifth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, Sending a second DCI to the UT on a time-frequency resource in a TTI, receiving information sent by the UT according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or transmitting information to the UT on the first TTI;
发送单元,还用于当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上未发送第二DCI时,根据第一DCI,接收该UT发送的信息或在第一TTI上向该UT发送信息。And a sending unit, configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, receive information sent by the UT according to the first DCI or send information to the UT on the first TTI.
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式或者第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,With reference to the fifth possible implementation of the third aspect, or the sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the control indication information includes the first indication information or the second Instructions, where
第一指示信息,用于指示在第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
第二指示信息,用于指示在第一TTI上发送第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于向该UT发送第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示在第一TTI上向该UT不发送控制指示信息,或用于指示在第一TTI上向该UT发送控制指示信息。With reference to the fifth possible implementation of the third aspect to any one of the seventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending unit is further used Sending, to the UT, second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent to the UT on the first TTI.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。With reference to any one of the third aspect to the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first DCI further includes information for indicating a TTI length.
结合第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,TTI长度的信息用于指示:With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
一种TTI长度,一种TTI长度为时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, a TTI length being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein the time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
至少一种TTI长度和时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,TTI长度与时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and a time window include location information of the TTI, and the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or,
至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,物理信道包含上行数据信道,下 行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The length of time at which at least one physical channel is located, and the physical channel includes an uplink data channel, At least one of a data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,当在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,With reference to the second possible implementation of the third aspect to any one of the tenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, when in the first TTI When the second DCI is sent to the UT, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
当在第一TTI中向该UT未发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在第一TTI上的第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not sent to the UT in the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI;
其中,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上向该UT发送的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information sent to the UT on the first TTI.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:With reference to the second possible implementation of the third aspect to any one of the eleventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first DCI is further Used to indicate at least one of the following features:
第二DCI占用的RE,The RE occupied by the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,The number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,The CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI的格式。The format of the second DCI.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,调度信息包括用于触发该UT发送初传的信息或用于指示该UT接收初传的信息;和/或,With reference to the second possible implementation of the third aspect to any one of the twelfth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the scheduling information includes The information that triggers the UT to transmit the initial transmission or is used to instruct the UT to receive the initial transmission; and/or,
第二DCI用于触发该UT发送信息或用于指示该UT接收信息,包括:第二DCI用来触发该UT发送重传的信息或用于指示该UT接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to instruct the UT to receive information, including: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives the retransmission information.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the second possible implementation of the third aspect to the thirteenth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a fourteenth possible implementation of the third aspect,
发送单元,用于向该UT发送第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧内的下行控制信道区域向该UT发送第一DCI,下行控制信道区域位于该一个子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,The sending unit, configured to send the first DCI to the UT, includes: sending a first DCI to the UT in a downlink control channel region in one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2, or 3 of the one subframe Symbol; and/or,
第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。 The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,该网络设备还包括:With reference to any one of the fourteenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect to the third aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the network device further includes:
接收单元,用于接收该UT发送的第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力或者用于指示该UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力。And a receiving unit, configured to receive first notification information sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中,该网络设备还包括:With reference to any of the fifteenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect to the third aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the network device further includes:
处理单元,用于根据该UT在时间窗内的调度信息生成第一DCI。And a processing unit, configured to generate a first DCI according to the scheduling information of the UT in the time window.
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第三方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,还用于生成第二DCI。With reference to the third possible implementation of the third aspect to any one of the sixteenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processing unit is further Used to generate a second DCI.
第四方面,提供一种用户终端,该用户终端包括:In a fourth aspect, a user terminal is provided, where the user terminal includes:
接收单元,用于接收第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包括至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。The receiving unit is configured to receive first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating information transmission in a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode;
其中,第一调度模式用于指示接收第一DCI。The first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI is received.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式;With reference to the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode;
其中,第二调度模式用于指示该UT接收第一DCI和第二DCI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
触发该UT发送信息,Trigger the UT to send information,
用于指示该UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。Used to update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于在第一TTI上接收第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the second DCI on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window. .
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于当配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在 第一TTI上接收第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: when the configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, The second DCI is received on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于在第一TTI上接收控制指示信息,控制指示信息用于指示第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:With reference to the fourth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive control indication information, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI. The first TTI is one of at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
触发该UT发送信息,Trigger the UT to send information,
用于指示该UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。Used to update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
结合第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI时,在第一TTI上接收第二DCI,根据第一DCI和第二DCI,发送信息或在第一TTI上接收信息;With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, Receiving a second DCI on a TTI, transmitting information according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or receiving information on the first TTI;
接收单元,还用于当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上未发送第二DCI时,根据第一DCI,发送信息或在第一TTI上接收信息。The receiving unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, send information according to the first DCI or receive information on the first TTI.
结合第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式或者第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or the sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the control indication information includes the first indication information or the second Instructions, where
第一指示信息,用于指示在第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
第二指示信息,用于指示在第一TTI上发送第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
结合第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于接收第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示在第一TTI上未发送控制指示信息,或用于指示在第一TTI上发送控制指示信息。With reference to any one of the fifth possible implementation of the fourth aspect to the seventh possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: The second configuration information is received, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent on the first TTI.
结合第四方面至第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。With reference to any one of the fourth aspect to the eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first DCI further includes information for indicating a TTI length.
结合第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,TTI长度的信息用于指示:With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
一种TTI长度,一种TTI长度为时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或 者,A TTI length, a TTI length being the length of time of the TTI contained in the time window; or By,
至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein the time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
至少一种TTI长度和时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,TTI长度与时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and a time window include location information of the TTI, and the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or,
至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,物理信道包含上行数据信道,下行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The length of time at which the physical channel is located, the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,当在第一TTI上接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,With reference to the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect to any one of the tenth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when in the first TTI When the second DCI is received, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
当在第一TTI上未接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在第一TTI上的第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not received on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI;
其中,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上接收的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information received on the first TTI.
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:With reference to the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect to any one of the eleventh possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first DCI is further Used to indicate at least one of the following features:
第二DCI占用的RE,The RE occupied by the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,The number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,The CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI,
第二DCI的格式。The format of the second DCI.
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,调度信息包括用于触发发送初传的信息或用于指示接收初传的信息;和/或,With reference to the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect to any one of the twelfth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the scheduling information includes For triggering the transmission of the initial transmission or for indicating the receipt of the initial transmission; and/or,
第二DCI用于触发发送信息或用于指示接收信息,包括:第二DCI用来触发发送重传的信息或用于指示接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the information or to indicate the received information, and the second DCI is used to trigger the information for sending the retransmission or the information for indicating the retransmission.
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中, With reference to any one of the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect to the thirteenth possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
接收单元,用于接收第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧的下行控制信道区域接收第一DCI,下行控制信道区域位于子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,The receiving unit, configured to receive the first DCI, includes: receiving, in a downlink control channel region of one subframe, a first DCI, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2, or 3 symbols of the subframe; and/or,
第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
结合第四方面至第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第四方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,该用户终端还包括:With reference to any one of the fourteenth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect to the fourth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the user terminal further includes:
发送单元,用于发送第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示具有接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示具有接收第二配置信息的能力。a sending unit, configured to send first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the device has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the device has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or is configured to indicate that the second configuration information is received. ability.
第五方面,提供一种网络设备,该网络设备包括处理器和存储器,存储器中存储代码和数据,处理器可运行存储器中的代码,处理器用于执行上述第一方面至第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中的任一种所述的数据传输方法。In a fifth aspect, a network device is provided, the network device comprising a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores code and data, the processor can execute code in the memory, and the processor is configured to execute the first aspect to the tenth aspect of the first aspect A data transmission method as described in any of the seven possible implementations.
第六方面,提供一种用户终端,该用户终端包括处理器和存储器,存储器中存储代码和数据,处理器可运行存储器中的代码,处理器用于执行上述第二方面至第二方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中的任一种所述的数据传输方法。In a sixth aspect, a user terminal is provided, the user terminal comprising a processor and a memory, the memory stores code and data, the processor can execute code in the memory, and the processor is configured to execute the tenth to the second aspect of the second aspect A data transmission method as claimed in any of the five possible implementations.
第七方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述第五方面所述的网络设备和上述第六方面所述的用户终端。According to a seventh aspect, a communication system is provided, the communication system comprising the network device of the fifth aspect, and the user terminal of the sixth aspect.
本发明的实施例提供的数据传输方法及装置,网络设备通过向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI,从而为该UT配置至少一个TTI上的信息传输,当用户终端在接收到该第一DCI时,用户终端可以根据第一DCI包括的调度信息进行信息传输,从而网络设备无需在每个TTI都发送一次调度信息,节省了传输资源,同时也减小了下行的吞吐量,提高了数据传输的速率。The data transmission method and apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in the time window, time The window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI, so that the UT is configured with information transmission on the at least one TTI. When the user terminal receives the first DCI, the user terminal may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, thereby The network device does not need to send scheduling information once per TTI, which saves transmission resources, and also reduces downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述 中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the following description The drawings in the drawings are only some of the embodiments of the present invention, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings according to the drawings without any creative work.
图1为本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统的系统架构图;1 is a system architecture diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例提供的一种基带子系统的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a baseband subsystem according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例提供的一种用户终端的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本发明实施例提供的第一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a first data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本发明实施例提供的第二种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a second data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本发明实施例提供的第三种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a third data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图8为本发明实施例提供的第四种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a fourth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例提供的第五种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a fifth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本发明实施例提供的第六种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a sixth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本发明实施例提供的第七种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a seventh data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本发明实施例提供的第八种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an eighth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本发明实施例提供的第九种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a ninth data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本发明实施例提供的一种第一DCI和第二DCI的关系示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a first DCI and a second DCI according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图15为本发明实施例提供的一种物理资源块的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a physical resource block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16为本发明实施例提供的另一种物理资源块的结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another physical resource block according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17为本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18为本发明实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19为本发明实施例提供的又一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20为本发明实施例提供的一种用户终端的结构示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21为本发明实施例提供的又一种用户终端的结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of still another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图22为本发明实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23为本发明实施例提供的另一种用户终端的结构示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没 有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, those of ordinary skill in the art are not All other embodiments obtained under the premise of creative work are within the scope of the invention.
在本文中提及的“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。符号“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。"Multiple" as referred to herein means two or more. "and/or", describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately. The symbol "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
在介绍本发明之前,首先对本发明实施例中涉及到的技术名词进行简单介绍。Before introducing the present invention, a brief introduction will be made to the technical terms involved in the embodiments of the present invention.
下行控制信道,可替换为以下的至少一种,短物理下行控制信道(Short Physical Downlink Control Channel,sPDCCH),物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH),或者其他用于传输下行控制信息的物理信道。The downlink control channel may be replaced by at least one of the following: a Short Physical Downlink Control Channel (SPDCCH), a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), or other used for transmitting downlink control information. Physical channel.
下行数据信道,可替换为以下的至少一种,短物理下行共享信道(Short Physical Downlink Share Channel,sPDSCH),物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Share Channel,PDSCH),或者其他用于传输下行数据信息的物理信道。The downlink data channel can be replaced by at least one of the following: a Short Physical Downlink Share Channel (SPDSCH), a Physical Downlink Share Channel (PDSCH), or other information for transmitting downlink data. Physical channel.
上行控制信道,可替换为以下的至少一种,短物理下行控制信道(Short Physical Uplink Control Channel,sPUCCH),物理下行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH),或者其他用于传输上行控制信息的物理信道。The uplink control channel may be replaced by at least one of the following: a Short Physical Uplink Control Channel (SPUCCH), a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), or other used for transmitting uplink control information. Physical channel.
上行数据信道,可替换为以下的至少一种,短物理下行共享信道(Short Physical Uplink Share Channel,sPUSCH),物理下行共享信道(Physical Uplink Share Channel,PUSCH),或者其他用于传输上行数据信息的物理信道。The uplink data channel can be replaced by at least one of the following: a Short Physical Uplink Share Channel (SPUSCH), a Physical Uplink Share Channel (PUSCH), or other information for transmitting uplink data. Physical channel.
时间窗,用于表示时间上的单位,该时间窗包含包括至少一个TTI,该至少一个TTI之间可以是时间连续的,也可以是时间间隔的。例如,时间窗包含了四个2符号时间长度的TTI,若这四个2符号时间长度的TTI之间可以是时间上连续的,则(符号2,符号3)对应第一个TTI,(符号4,符号5)对应第二个TTI,(符号6,符号7)对应第三个TTI,(符号8,符号9)对应第四个TTI;若这四个2符号时间长度的TTI之间可 以是有时间间隔的,则(符号2,符号3)对应第一个TTI,(符号6,符号7)对应第二个TTI,(符号8,符号9)对应第三个TTI,(符号10,符号11)对应第四个TTI。一个TTI的长度可以是大于或等于一个符号的长度,如1个符号,2个符号,3个符号,4个符号,7个符号,或14个符号。其中,符号是一个子载波所在的频域为15kHz的LTE系统的符号,或者是一个子载波所在的频域大于15kHz的通信系统的符号。一个子载波所在的频域大于15kHz的频域可以为30kHz,60kHz,120kHz,本实施例对此不作限定。符号的含义等同于OFDM符号或SC-FDMA符号。符号是15kHz子载波间隔的LTE系统的正交频分复用多址OFDMA符号、单载波频分多址SC-FDMA符号,或者是更大子载波占用频率的通信系统的符号,本实施例对此不作限定。指示该时间窗的信息是承载在网络设备发送的控制信道上,如第一DCI中,或者可以是承载在高层信令上,如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令中,或者可以是预先定义的,如TTI长度信息指示的TTI的长度的整数倍,或14个符号的长度,或者14个符号的整数倍长度,或(14-控制区域(control region)占用的符号)个符号的长度,或者(14-控制区域(control region)占用的符号)个符号的整数倍长度。可以理解的是,若指示该时间窗的信息承载在第一DCI中,就不会承载在第二DCI中。时间窗可以是对应数据信息发送或接收的时间单位,也可以是对应第二DCI发送时间的时间单位。A time window is used to indicate a unit in time, the time window includes at least one TTI, and the at least one TTI may be time-continuous or time-interval. For example, the time window contains four TTIs of 2 symbol lengths. If the TTIs of the four 2-symbol time lengths can be temporally continuous, then (symbol 2, symbol 3) corresponds to the first TTI, (symbol 4, symbol 5) corresponds to the second TTI, (symbol 6, symbol 7) corresponds to the third TTI, (symbol 8, symbol 9) corresponds to the fourth TTI; if the four 2 symbol time length between the TTI If there is a time interval, then (symbol 2, symbol 3) corresponds to the first TTI, (symbol 6, symbol 7) corresponds to the second TTI, (symbol 8, symbol 9) corresponds to the third TTI, (symbol 10 , symbol 11) corresponds to the fourth TTI. The length of a TTI may be greater than or equal to the length of one symbol, such as 1 symbol, 2 symbols, 3 symbols, 4 symbols, 7 symbols, or 14 symbols. The symbol is a symbol of an LTE system in which the frequency domain of the subcarrier is 15 kHz, or a symbol of a communication system in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz. The frequency domain in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz may be 30 kHz, 60 kHz, and 120 kHz, which is not limited in this embodiment. The meaning of a symbol is equivalent to an OFDM symbol or an SC-FDMA symbol. The symbol is an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing multiple access OFDMA symbol, a single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA symbol of an LTE system with a 15 kHz subcarrier spacing, or a symbol of a communication system with a larger subcarrier occupied frequency, this embodiment is This is not limited. The information indicating the time window is carried in the control channel sent by the network device, such as in the first DCI, or may be carried in the high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling, or may be Is pre-defined, such as an integer multiple of the length of the TTI indicated by the TTI length information, or the length of 14 symbols, or an integer multiple of 14 symbols, or (14-control region occupied symbols) symbols The length, or (14-control area occupied by the control region) integer multiples of the length of the symbol. It can be understood that if the information indicating the time window is carried in the first DCI, it will not be carried in the second DCI. The time window may be a time unit corresponding to the transmission or reception of the data information, or may be a time unit corresponding to the second DCI transmission time.
第一TTI,是指所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个,该时间窗包含的所有TTI都可以作为第一TTI,也可以其中一些TTI可以作为第一TTI。The first TTI refers to one of the at least one TTI included in the time window, and all TTIs included in the time window may be used as the first TTI, or some of the TTIs may be used as the first TTI.
第一下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI),即第一DCI,用于指示用户终端(User Terminal,UT)在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,其中,调度信息包括传输以下信息中的至少一项:资源的指示信息、上行数据信道或上行控制信道的功率命令字、TTI长度的信息、第二DCI的信息、MCS(Modulation and Coding Scheme,调制与编码策略)等。本发明中第一DCI可替换为第一下行控制信道,慢下行控制信道。在本发明的实施例中,用于指示UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息等价于用于指示UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的控制信息。 The first downlink control information (DCI), that is, the first DCI, is used to indicate that the user terminal (UT) performs scheduling information transmission in a time window, where the scheduling information includes the following information. At least one of the following: the indication information of the resource, the power command word of the uplink data channel or the uplink control channel, the information of the TTI length, the information of the second DCI, the MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme), and the like. In the present invention, the first DCI may be replaced by a first downlink control channel and a slow downlink control channel. In an embodiment of the invention, the scheduling information for indicating that the UT is transmitting information within the time window is equivalent to the control information for instructing the UT to transmit information within the time window.
第二下行控制信息,即第二DCI,用于触发UT发送信息,和/或用于指示UT接收信息,和/或用于更新调度信息中的至少一种信息。本发明中第二DCI可替换为第二下行控制信道,或快下行控制信道。The second downlink control information, that is, the second DCI, is used to trigger the UT to transmit information, and/or to instruct the UT to receive the information, and/or to update at least one of the scheduling information. In the present invention, the second DCI may be replaced by a second downlink control channel or a fast downlink control channel.
发送的信息可以是上行控制信道,上行数据信道,探测信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS),上行控制信息(Uplink Control Information,UCI)中的至少一种;接收的信息可以是下行控制信道,下行数据信道中的至少一种。The information to be sent may be at least one of an uplink control channel, an uplink data channel, a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), and an Uplink Control Information (UCI); the received information may be a downlink control channel, and downlink data. At least one of the channels.
本发明的实施例所应用的通信系统的系统架构如图1所示,该系统架构图包括网络设备101、用户终端102、以及通信信道103。The system architecture of the communication system to which the embodiments of the present invention are applied is as shown in FIG. 1. The system architecture diagram includes a network device 101, a user terminal 102, and a communication channel 103.
其中,网络设备101可以是基站,具有共享信道的调度功能,具有基于发送到用户终端102的分组数据的历史来建立调度,调度就是在多个用户终端102共用传输资源时,需要有一种机制来有效地分配物理层资源,以获得统计复用增益。The network device 101 may be a base station, having a scheduling function of a shared channel, and having a history based on the history of packet data sent to the user terminal 102. The scheduling is that when a plurality of user terminals 102 share transmission resources, a mechanism is needed. The physical layer resources are effectively allocated to obtain statistical multiplexing gain.
用户终端102可以是多个用户终端,且用户终端102具有通过与网络设备101之间建立的通信信道103而发送和接收数据的功能。用户终端102根据通过调度控制信道发送的信息,进行共享信道的发送或接收处理。另外,用户终端102可以是移动台,手机、计算机以及便携终端等等,且该用户终端102的类型可以相同,也可以不同。The user terminal 102 may be a plurality of user terminals, and the user terminal 102 has a function of transmitting and receiving data through a communication channel 103 established with the network device 101. The user terminal 102 performs transmission or reception processing of the shared channel based on the information transmitted through the scheduling control channel. In addition, the user terminal 102 may be a mobile station, a mobile phone, a computer, a portable terminal, or the like, and the types of the user terminals 102 may be the same or different.
网络设备101与用户终端102之间通过通信信道103进行数据的接收和发送,该通信信道103可以是无线通信信道,且在无线通信信道中,至少存在共享信道和调度控制信道,共享信道是为了发送和接收分组而在多个用户终端102之间公用,调度控制信道用于发送共享信道的分配、以及相应的调度结果等。The network device 101 and the user terminal 102 perform data reception and transmission through the communication channel 103. The communication channel 103 may be a wireless communication channel, and in the wireless communication channel, at least a shared channel and a scheduling control channel exist, and the shared channel is for The packet is transmitted and received and shared among the plurality of user terminals 102, and the scheduling control channel is used to transmit the allocation of the shared channel, the corresponding scheduling result, and the like.
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备的硬件结构图,该网络设备以基站为例进行说明,如图2所示,该基站包括基带子系统、中射频子系统、天馈子系统和一些支撑结构(例如,整机子系统),其中,基带子系统用于实现整个基站的操作维护,实现信令处理、无线资源原理、到EPC(Evolved Packet Core,分组核心网)的传输接口,实现LTE物理层、MAC(Medium Access Control,介质访问控制)层、L3信令、操作维护主控功能;中射频子系统实现基带信号、中频信号和射频信号之间的转换,实现 LTE无线接收信号的解调和发送信号的调制和功率放大;天馈子系统包括连接到基站射频模块的天线和馈线以及GRS接收卡的天线和馈线,用于实现无线空口信号的接收和发送;整机子系统,是基带子系统和中频子系统的支撑部分,提供结构、供电和环境监控功能。2 is a hardware structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The network device is described by taking a base station as an example. As shown in FIG. 2, the base station includes a baseband subsystem, a middle radio frequency subsystem, and an antenna feed subsystem. And some supporting structures (for example, a whole subsystem), wherein the baseband subsystem is used to implement operation and maintenance of the entire base station, implement signaling processing, radio resource principle, and transmission interface to an EPC (Evolved Packet Core) Implement LTE physical layer, MAC (Medium Access Control) layer, L3 signaling, operation and maintenance main control function; the middle RF subsystem realizes conversion between baseband signal, intermediate frequency signal and radio frequency signal, realizing Demodulation of LTE wireless received signals and modulation and power amplification of the transmitted signals; the antenna feeder subsystem includes antennas and feeders connected to the base station radio frequency module and antennas and feeders of the GRS receiving cards for receiving and transmitting wireless air interface signals; The whole subsystem is the supporting part of the baseband subsystem and the intermediate frequency subsystem, providing structure, power supply and environmental monitoring functions.
其中,基带子系统可以如图3所示:例如,手机上网需要通过基站接入核心网(MME/S-GW),在通过核心网接入因特网,其中因特网的数据通过核心网与基站之间的接口,传递到基带部分,基带部分进行PDCP,RLC,MAC层、编码,调制等处理,交给射频部分发射给用户终端。基带与射频之间可以通过CPRI接口连接;另外,射频部分目前可以通过光纤拉远,例如拉远的RRU。本发明实施例中的数据传输方法的各个步骤基带通过射频来实现,同时接收发送步骤是通过天线(例如,空中接口)来实现的。The baseband subsystem can be as shown in FIG. 3: for example, the mobile phone accesses the Internet through the base station to access the core network (MME/S-GW), and accesses the Internet through the core network, where the data of the Internet passes through the core network and the base station. The interface is passed to the baseband part, and the baseband part performs PDCP, RLC, MAC layer, coding, modulation, etc., and is sent to the radio frequency part for transmission to the user terminal. The baseband and the radio frequency can be connected through the CPRI interface; in addition, the radio frequency part can be pulled far by the optical fiber, for example, the remote RRU. The baseband of each step of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present invention is implemented by radio frequency, and the receiving and transmitting step is implemented by an antenna (for example, an air interface).
本发明实施中涉及的用户终端与基站之间的接口可以理解为用户终端与基站之间进行通信的空中接口,或者也可以称为Uu接口。The interface between the user terminal and the base station involved in the implementation of the present invention may be understood as an air interface for communication between the user terminal and the base station, or may also be referred to as a Uu interface.
图4为本发明实施例所应用的用户终端的结构示意图,该用户终端可以为用户设备,比如,该用户设备可以为手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、UMPC(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer,超级移动个人计算机)、上网本、PDA(Personal Digital Assistant,个人数字助理)等,本发明实施例以UT为手机为例进行说明,图4示出的是与本发明各实施例相关的手机的部分结构的框图。4 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user terminal may be a user equipment. For example, the user equipment may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, or a UMPC (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer). A computer, a netbook, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), and the like. The embodiment of the present invention uses a UT as a mobile phone as an example, and FIG. 4 shows a block diagram of a partial structure of a mobile phone related to various embodiments of the present invention. .
如图4所示,手机包括:存储器、处理器、RF(radio frequency,射频)电路、以及电源等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图4中示出的手机结构并不构成对手机的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。As shown in FIG. 4, the mobile phone includes: a memory, a processor, an RF (radio frequency) circuit, and a power supply. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure of the handset shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation to the handset, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different components may be arranged.
下面结合图4对手机的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following describes the components of the mobile phone in detail with reference to FIG. 4:
存储器可用于存储软件程序以及模块,处理器通过运行存储在存储器的软件程序以及模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据等。此外,存储器可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器等。 The memory can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and modules stored in the memory. The memory may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function, and the like; the storage data area may store data created according to usage of the mobile phone, and the like. Further, the memory may include a high speed random access memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory or the like.
处理器是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器内的数据,执行手机的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。可选的,处理器可包括一个或多个处理单元;优选的,处理器可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。The processor is the control center of the mobile phone, and connects various parts of the entire mobile phone by using various interfaces and lines, and executes each mobile phone by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory, and calling data stored in the memory. The function and processing of data to monitor the phone as a whole. Optionally, the processor may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, etc., and modulates The demodulation processor primarily handles wireless communications.
RF电路可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送。通常,RF电路包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、LNA(low noise amplifier,低噪声放大器)、双工器等。此外,RF电路还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于GSM(global system of mobile communication,全球移动通讯系统)、GPRS(general packet radio service,通用分组无线服务)、CDMA(code division multiple access,码分多址)、WCDMA(wideband code division multiple access,宽带码分多址)、LTE(long term evolution,长期演进)、电子邮件、SMS(short messaging service,短消息服务)等。The RF circuit can be used to send and receive information or receive and transmit signals during a call. Generally, RF circuits include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, an LNA (low noise amplifier), a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the RF circuit can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication. The wireless communication may use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (global system of mobile communication), GPRS (general packet radio service), CDMA (code division multiple access) , code division multiple access), WCDMA (wideband code division multiple access), LTE (long term evolution), e-mail, SMS (short messaging service), and the like.
手机还包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),优选的,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The mobile phone also includes a power source (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components. Preferably, the power source can be connected to the processor logic through the power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
尽管未示出,手机还可以包括输入单元、显示单元、传感器模块、音频模块、WiFi(wireless fidelity,无线保真)模块、蓝牙模块等,在此不再赘述。Although not shown, the mobile phone may further include an input unit, a display unit, a sensor module, an audio module, a WiFi (wireless fidelity) module, a Bluetooth module, and the like, and details are not described herein.
图5为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法,该方法的交互主体为网络设备和用户终端UT,参见图5,该方法包括以下几个步骤。FIG. 5 is a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The interaction entity of the method is a network device and a user terminal UT. Referring to FIG. 5, the method includes the following steps.
步骤201:网络设备向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,该第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内的调度信息,该时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。Step 201: The network device sends first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information indicating that the UT is within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
其中,该调度信息也可以为控制信息,包括一些调度或控制的信息,比如PMI(Precoding Matrix Indicator,预编码矩阵指示),RBA(Resource block assignment,资源块配置),MCS(Modulation and Coding Scheme,调制与编码策略)等。 The scheduling information may also be control information, including some scheduling or control information, such as PMI (Precoding Matrix Indicator), RBA (Resource Block Assignment), and MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme, Modulation and coding strategies).
可选的,该至少一个TTI的个数为N,网络设备向该UT发送用于指示该UT在N个TTI所组成的时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,是指网络设备将N个TTI上信息传输的调度信息一次性的发送给该UT,而无需对于N个TTI中的每个TTI都发送这些调度信息,当然,网络设备在信息传输过程中,还可以对该N个TTI中的每个TTI上预设的信息传输进行更变。Optionally, the number of the at least one TTI is N, and the network device sends, to the UT, scheduling information used to indicate that the UT performs information transmission in a time window formed by the N TTIs, where the network device uses N TTIs. The scheduling information of the information transmission is sent to the UT at one time, and the scheduling information is not required to be sent to each of the T TTIs. Of course, the network device may also be in the N TTIs during the information transmission process. The preset information transmission on each TTI is changed.
可选的,该至少一个TTI的个数或时间窗的位置信息可以是承载在网络设备发送的控制信道上,如第一DCI中,或者可以是承载在高层信令上,如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令中,或者可以是预先定义的。Optionally, the location information of the at least one TTI or the time window may be carried on a control channel sent by the network device, such as in the first DCI, or may be carried on a high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource). Control, Radio Resource Control) signaling, or may be predefined.
可选的,该时间窗包含该至少一个TTI之间可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的。例如时间窗包含3个TTI,每个TTI的长度为2个符号,第一个TTI所在符号2和符号3,第二个TTI所在符号4和符号5,第三个TTI所在符号6和符号7;或者,第一个TTI所在符号2和符号3,第二个TTI所在符号6和符号7,第三个TTI所在符号11和符号12。Optionally, the time window includes that the at least one TTI may be continuous or discontinuous. For example, the time window includes 3 TTIs, each TTI has a length of 2 symbols, the first TTI is located at symbol 2 and symbol 3, the second TTI is at symbol 4 and symbol 5, and the third TTI is at symbol 6 and symbol 7. Or, the first TTI is in symbol 2 and symbol 3, the second TTI is in symbol 6 and symbol 7, and the third TTI is in symbol 11 and symbol 12.
进一步的,在网络设备向该用户终端UT发送第一DCI之前,网络设备还可以根据该UT在时间窗内的调度信息生成第一DCI。调度信息包括以下信息中的至少一项:资源的指示信息、上行数据信道或上行控制信道的功率命令字、TTI长度的信息、第二DCI的信息、MCS、NDI。网络设备将这些第一DCI中待传输的原始信息进行信息元素复用,然后进行CRC(Cyclic Redundancy Check)添加,接着进行信道编码,最后进行速率匹配,从而生成第一DCI。其中,当CRC添加时,该CRC用一组用户终端公用的UT-ID(UT-Identifier用户终端标识)或C-RNTI(Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier,小区无线网络临时标识)加扰,那么第一DCI则可以被该一组用户终端接收;该CRC用一个用户终端公用的UT-ID或C-RNTI加扰,那么第一DCI则可以只被该用户终端接收。Further, before the network device sends the first DCI to the user terminal UT, the network device may further generate the first DCI according to the scheduling information of the UT in the time window. The scheduling information includes at least one of the following information: indication information of the resource, a power command word of the uplink data channel or the uplink control channel, information of the TTI length, information of the second DCI, MCS, NDI. The network device multiplexes the original information to be transmitted in the first DCI, and then performs CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) addition, then performs channel coding, and finally performs rate matching, thereby generating a first DCI. Wherein, when the CRC is added, the CRC is scrambled by a UT-ID (UT-Identifier User Terminal Identity) or a C-RNTI (Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) common to a group of user terminals, then A DCI can be received by the set of user terminals; the CRC is scrambled with a UT-ID or C-RNTI common to a user terminal, and then the first DCI can be received only by the user terminal.
步骤202:该UT接收第一下行控制信息DCI。Step 202: The UT receives the first downlink control information DCI.
可选的,当该UT接收第一DCI之后,该UT可以根据第一DCI所指示的调度信息在时间窗内进行信息传输,也即是,该UT可以根据第一DCI在时间窗包含的TTI上向网络设备发送信息,或者根据第一DCI接 收网络设备在时间窗包含的TTI上发送的信息等。Optionally, after the UT receives the first DCI, the UT may perform information transmission in a time window according to the scheduling information indicated by the first DCI, that is, the UT may include the TTI in the time window according to the first DCI. Send information to the network device, or according to the first DCI Receiving information sent by the network device on the TTI included in the time window.
需要说明的是,步骤202中的第一DCI与上述步骤201中的第一DCI作用相同,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the first DCI in the step 202 is the same as the first DCI in the foregoing step 201, and details are not described herein again.
例如,当该UT接收到用于指示该UT在N个TTI所组成的时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息时,该UT可以根据该调度信息进行信息传输,当然,在信息传输过程中,该UT还可以接收网络设备发送的针对该N个TTI中的每个TTI上的信息传输进行的更变信息,并根据相应的更变信息,进行信息传输。For example, when the UT receives scheduling information indicating that the UT performs information transmission within a time window formed by N TTIs, the UT may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information. Of course, during information transmission, the UT may The UT may also receive the change information sent by the network device for the information transmission on each of the N TTIs, and perform information transmission according to the corresponding change information.
进一步的,参见图6,在步骤201之前,该方法还包括:Further, referring to FIG. 6, before step 201, the method further includes:
步骤203:网络设备向该UT发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式。Step 203: The network device sends first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode.
其中,第二调度模式用于指示该UT接收第一DCI和第二DCI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:触发该UT发送信息,用于指示该UT接收信息,用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。The second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI and the second DCI, where the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the UT to send information, indicating that the UT receives information, for Update at least a portion of the information in the scheduling information.
进一步,该方法还包括:网络设备向该UT发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式,其中,第一调度模式用于指示该UT接收第一DCI。Further, the method further includes: the network device sends the first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, where the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the UT receives the first DCI.
可选的,该第一配置信息可以是承载在网络设备发送控制信道上,如第一DCI中,或者可以是承载在高层信令上,如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令中,或者可以是预先定义的。通过第一配置信息可以根据系统的负载的情况或UT的能力,配置UT支持只接收第一DCI或接收第一DCI和接收第二DCI,从而达到在不影响调度UT的情况下,灵活控制系统控制信令开销,提升系统传输资源效率。Optionally, the first configuration information may be carried on a network device sending control channel, such as in a first DCI, or may be carried on a high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling. Or it can be pre-defined. The first configuration information may be configured according to the load condition of the system or the capability of the UT, and the UT supports receiving only the first DCI or receiving the first DCI and receiving the second DCI, so as to achieve a flexible control system without affecting the scheduling UT. Control signaling overhead and improve system transmission resource efficiency.
可选的,网络设备接收该UT发送的第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示该UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示该UT具有接收第二配置信息的能力。进一步的,第一通知信息用于指示该UT不具有接收第二DCI的能力或者用于指示该UT不具有接收第一配置信息的能力。需要说明的是,接收第一通知信息可以是发送第一配置信息之前,也可以发送第一配置信息之后,即在没有接收第一通知信息时发送第一配置信息。需要说明的是,接收第一 通知信息可以是发送第二配置信息之前,也可以发送第二配置信息之后,即在没有接收第一通知信息时发送第二配置信息。需要解释的是,第一通知信息还可以是用于指示该UT具有在TTI的长度小于等于1ms上接收或发送信息的能力。此时,隐含默认该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力,或具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或具有接收第二配置信息的能力。通过第一通知信息可以根据系统的负载的情况或UT的能力,通知UT支持接收第二DCI或第一配置信息或第二配置信息,从而达到在不影响调度UT的情况下,灵活控制系统控制信令开销,提升系统传输资源效率。Optionally, the network device receives the first notification information sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or The UT is instructed to have the ability to receive the second configuration information. Further, the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the first configuration information. It should be noted that, before receiving the first configuration information, the first configuration information may be sent after the first configuration information is sent, that is, when the first notification information is not received. It should be noted that receiving the first The notification information may be before the second configuration information is sent, or after the second configuration information is sent, that is, the second configuration information is sent when the first notification information is not received. It should be noted that the first notification information may also be used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving or transmitting information when the length of the TTI is less than or equal to 1 ms. At this time, implicitly defaulting the UT has the ability to receive the second DCI, or has the ability to receive the first configuration information, or have the ability to receive the second configuration information. The first notification information may be used to notify the UT to support receiving the second DCI or the first configuration information or the second configuration information according to the load condition of the system or the capability of the UT, so as to achieve flexible control system control without affecting the scheduling UT. Signaling overhead improves system transmission resource efficiency.
可选的,该第一通知信息可以是承载在UT发送数据信道上,如上行数据信道中,或者可以是承载在控制信道上,如上行控制信道中。Optionally, the first notification information may be carried on a UT transmission data channel, such as an uplink data channel, or may be carried on a control channel, such as an uplink control channel.
可选的,根据第一DCI发送信息,可以是在第一TTI上发送信息或时间窗包含的其他TTI上发送信息。根据第一DCI和第二DCI发送信息,可以是在第一TTI上发送信息或时间窗包含的其他TTI上发送信息。Optionally, according to the first DCI sending information, the information may be sent on the first TTI or sent on other TTIs included in the time window. According to the first DCI and the second DCI sending information, the information may be sent on the first TTI or the other TTI included in the time window.
可选的,根据第一DCI发送信息,可以是在第一TTI上接收UT发送的信息或时间窗包含的第一TTI之后具有时间间隔的第二TTI上接收UT发送的信息。根据第一DCI和第二DCI发送信息,可以是在第一TTI上接收UT发送的信息或时间窗包含的第一TTI之后具有时间间隔的第二TTI上接收UT发送的信息。第二TTI与第一TTI的时间间隔可以是预定先定义的,或者第一DCI指示的,或第二DCI指示的。时间间隔的取值可以为大于等于0的整数符号。Optionally, according to the first DCI sending information, the information sent by the UT may be received on the first TTI or the second TTI with a time interval after the first TTI included in the time window. According to the first DCI and the second DCI sending information, the information sent by the UT may be received on the first TTI or the second TTI having the time interval after the first TTI included in the time window. The time interval between the second TTI and the first TTI may be predetermined first, or indicated by the first DCI, or indicated by the second DCI. The value of the time interval may be an integer symbol greater than or equal to zero.
可选的,第一TTI可以由第一DCI指示的。Optionally, the first TTI may be indicated by the first DCI.
步骤204:该UT接收第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式。Step 204: The UT receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode.
进一步,当网络设备向该UT发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式时,相应的,该方法还包括:该UT接收第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式。Further, when the network device sends the first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, the method further includes: the UT receiving the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used. Configure the first scheduling mode.
可选的,该UT向网络设备发送第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力或者用于指示该UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力。进一步的,第一通知信息用于指示该UT不具有接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示该UT不具有接收第二配置信息的能力,或用于指示 该UT不具有接收第二配置信息的能力。需要说明的是,发送第一通知信息可以是接收第一配置信息之前,也可以是接收第一配置信息之后,也可以发送第一配置信息之后,即在没有接收第一通知信息时发送第一配置信息。需要说明的是,接收第一通知信息可以是发送第二配置信息之前,也可以发送第二配置信息之后,即在没有接收第一通知信息时发送第二配置信息。Optionally, the UT sends the first notification information to the network device, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information. Further, the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second configuration information, or is used to indicate The UT does not have the ability to receive second configuration information. It should be noted that, before the first configuration information is received, the first notification information may be sent after the first configuration information is received, or after the first configuration information is sent, that is, when the first notification information is not received. Configuration information. It should be noted that, before receiving the second configuration information, the second configuration information may be sent after the second configuration information is sent, that is, when the first notification information is not received.
需要说明的是,步骤204中第一配置信息的第一调度模式和第二调度模式与上述步骤203中第一配置信息的第一调度模式和第二调度模式一致,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the step 204, the first scheduling mode and the second scheduling mode of the first configuration information are consistent with the first scheduling mode and the second scheduling mode of the first configuration information in the foregoing step 203, and the embodiment of the present invention does not Let me repeat.
进一步的,参见图7,在步骤201之后,该方法还包括:Further, referring to FIG. 7, after step 201, the method further includes:
步骤205a:网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI。其中,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:触发该UT发送信息,用于指示该UT接收信息,用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息;也即是,第二DCI可以用于单独触发该UT发送信息,或者单独用于指示该UT接收信息,或者单独用于更新调度信息中的至少一种信息,也可以同时用于触发该UT发送信息、用于指示该UT接收信息和用于更新调度信息中的至少一种信息,又或者是用于触发上述三者之中的任意两个,本发明实施例对此不作限定。Step 205a: The network device sends a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI. The second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the UT to send information, indicating that the UT receives information, and is used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information; that is, the second DCI can be used. The UT sending information is triggered separately, or is used to indicate that the UT receives the information, or is used to update at least one of the scheduling information, and may also be used to trigger the UT to send information, and is used to indicate that the UT receives the information. And the at least one of the information for updating the scheduling information, or for triggering any two of the foregoing, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
可选的,所调度信息包括用于触发该UT发送初传的信息或用于指示该UT接收初传的信息;和/或,第二DCI用于触发该UT发送信息或用于指示该UT接收信息,包括:第二DCI用来触发该UT发送重传的信息或用于指示该UT接收重传的信息。具体的,所述调度信息包含用于:触发该UT发送初传的信息,第二DCI用于触发该UT发送信息包括:第二DCI用来触发UT发送重传的信息。所述调度信息包含用于:指示接收该UT发送的初传的信息,第二DCI用于指示所述UT接收信息包括:用来指示接收所述UT发送的重传的信息。Optionally, the scheduled information includes information used to trigger the UT to send the initial transmission or to indicate that the UT receives the initial transmission; and/or, the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to indicate the UT. Receiving the information includes: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives the retransmission information. Specifically, the scheduling information includes: information for triggering the UT to send the initial transmission, where the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send the information, where the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send the retransmitted information. The scheduling information includes: information for indicating that an initial transmission sent by the UT is received, and the second DCI is used to indicate that the UT receives the information, and is used to: indicate information for receiving a retransmission sent by the UT.
其中,在第一HARQ进程号,触发该UT发送信息的前一次发送信息或指示该UT接收信息的前一次接收信息称为第一次信息传输,在相同的第一HARQ进程号,触发该UT发送信息或指示该UT接收信息称为第二次信息传输。当第二次信息传输对应的调度信息中的新数据指示(New data  indicator,NDI)与第一次信息传输对应的调度信息中的NDI不一致时,该第二次信息传输为初传的信息;当第二次信息传输对应的调度信息中的NDI与第一次信息传输对应的调度指示信息中的NDI一致时,该第二次信息传输为重传的信息。若不存在第一次信息传输,则第二次信息传输一定为初传的信息。本发明对于指示重传和初传的信息并不限定,即可以是NDI,也可以是其他方式。Wherein, in the first HARQ process ID, the previous transmission information that triggers the UT to transmit information or the previous reception information that indicates the UT reception information is referred to as the first information transmission, and the UT is triggered in the same first HARQ process number. Sending information or instructing the UT to receive information is referred to as a second information transmission. New data indication in the scheduling information corresponding to the second information transmission (New data Indicator, NDI) When the NDI in the scheduling information corresponding to the first information transmission is inconsistent, the second information transmission is the initial information; the NDI and the first information in the scheduling information corresponding to the second information transmission When the NDI in the corresponding scheduling indication information is transmitted, the second information transmission is retransmitted information. If there is no first information transmission, the second information transmission must be the initial information. The present invention is not limited to information indicating retransmission and initial transmission, that is, it may be NDI, or may be other methods.
可选的,接收第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧的下行控制信道区域接收所述第一DCI,所述下行控制信道区域位于该子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,所述第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。可以理解的,只在控制区域control region上接收第一DCI,和/或,只在更短TTI上接收第二DCI。可选的,网络设备接收该UT发送的第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示该UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示该UT具有接收第二配置信息的能力。进一步的,第一通知信息用于指示该UT不具有接收第二DCI的能力或者用于指示该UT不具有接收第一配置信息的能力。需要说明的是,接收第一通知信息可以是发送第二DCI之前,也可以是发送第二DCI之后,即在没有接收第一通知信息时发送第二DCI。Optionally, receiving the first DCI, including: receiving the first DCI in a downlink control channel region of a subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the subframe; and/or The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms. It can be understood that the first DCI is only received on the control region control region, and/or the second DCI is only received on the shorter TTI. Optionally, the network device receives the first notification information sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or The UT is instructed to have the ability to receive the second configuration information. Further, the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the first configuration information. It should be noted that, before receiving the first notification information, the second DCI may be sent after the second DCI is sent, that is, when the first notification information is not received.
可选的,该第一通知信息可以是承载在UT发送数据信道上,如上行数据信道中,或者可以是承载在控制信道上,如上行控制信道中。Optionally, the first notification information may be carried on a UT transmission data channel, such as an uplink data channel, or may be carried on a control channel, such as an uplink control channel.
需要说明的是,当第二DCI用于触发该UT发送信息时,可以用于指示该UT在第一TTI之后的第四个TTI上发送信息,也可以在与第一TTI相隔多个TTI之后的任一TTI上发送信息,本发明实施例对此不作限定;当第二DCI用于指示该UT接收信息时,用于指示该UT在第一TTI上接收信息。It should be noted that when the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information, it may be used to indicate that the UT sends information on the fourth TTI after the first TTI, or may be after multiple TTIs from the first TTI. The information is sent on any TTI, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention; when the second DCI is used to indicate that the UT receives information, it is used to indicate that the UT receives information on the first TTI.
进一步的,在网络设备向该UT发送第二DCI之前,该方法还包括:网络设备生成第二DCI。网络设备将这些第二DCI中待传输的原始信息进行信息元素复用,然后进行CRC(Cyclic Redundancy Check)添加,接着进行信道编码,最后进行速率匹配,从而生成第二DCI。其中,当CRC添加时,该CRC用一组用户终端公用的UT-ID(UT-Identifier用户终端标识)或C-RNTI(Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier,小区无线网 络临时标识)加扰,那么第二DCI则可以被该一组用户终端接收;该CRC用一个用户终端公用的UT-ID或C-RNTI加扰,那么第二DCI则可以只被该用户终端接收。Further, before the network device sends the second DCI to the UT, the method further includes: the network device generating the second DCI. The network device multiplexes the original information to be transmitted in the second DCI, and then performs CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) addition, then performs channel coding, and finally performs rate matching, thereby generating a second DCI. Wherein, when the CRC is added, the CRC uses a UT-ID (UT-Identifier User Terminal Identity) or a C-RNTI (Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) common to a group of user terminals. Network temporary identification) scrambling, then the second DCI can be received by the group of user terminals; the CRC is scrambled with a UT-ID or C-RNTI common to a user terminal, then the second DCI can be only used by the user terminal receive.
步骤206a:该UT在第一TTI上接收第二DCI。可选的,该UT向网络设备发送第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示该UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示该UT不具有接收第二配置信息的能力。进一步的,第一通知信息用于指示该UT不具有接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示该UT不具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示该UT不具有接收第二配置信息的能力。需要说明的是,发送第一通知信息可以是接收第二DCI之前,也可以在接收第二DCI之后,即在没有发送第一通知信息时接收第二DCI。Step 206a: The UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI. Optionally, the UT sends the first notification information to the network device, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or is used for Indicates that the UT does not have the ability to receive second configuration information. Further, the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or is used to indicate that the UT does not have the second configuration information. Ability. It should be noted that the sending of the first notification information may be before receiving the second DCI, or after receiving the second DCI, that is, when the first notification information is not sent.
需要说明的是,步骤206a中的第二DCI与上述步骤205a中的第二DCI一致,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the second DCI in step 206a is consistent with the second DCI in step 205a, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,根据上述步骤205a和步骤206a发送和接收第二DCI的方法,是在网络设备未发送第一配置信息的情况下进行的,也即是,网络设备和该UT可以直接根据步骤201-202、以及步骤205a-206a实现网络设备与该UT之间的数据传输。It should be noted that the method for transmitting and receiving the second DCI according to the foregoing steps 205a and 206a is performed when the network device does not send the first configuration information, that is, the network device and the UT can directly follow the steps. 201-202, and steps 205a-206a implement data transfer between the network device and the UT.
相应的,若网络设备根据步骤203发送了第一配置信息,以及该UT根据步骤204接收了第一配置信息,参见图8,则网络设备发送第二DCI、以及该UT接收第二DCI的方法具体如步骤205b-206b所述。Correspondingly, if the network device sends the first configuration information according to step 203, and the UT receives the first configuration information according to step 204, referring to FIG. 8, the network device sends the second DCI, and the UT receives the second DCI. Specifically, as described in steps 205b-206b.
步骤205b:当第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI,第一TTI是时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Step 205b: When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, the network device sends a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
可选的,当网络设备向该UT发送了第一配置信息,且第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式时,则步骤201中网络设备向该UT发送第一DCI具体为:当第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式时,则该网络设备向该UT发送第一DCI。Optionally, when the network device sends the first configuration information to the UT, and the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, the network device sends the first DCI to the UT in step 201, specifically: when the first When the configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, the network device sends the first DCI to the UT.
步骤206b:当第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,该UT在第一TTI上接收第二DCI。Step 206b: When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, the UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI.
具体的,当第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,该UT可以在时 间窗包含的第一TTI上接收第二DCI。由于第二调度模式用于指示根据第一DCI和第二DCI发送信息,或用于指示根据第一DCI和第二DCI接收该UT发送的信息,因此,在该UT接收到第二DCI之后,该UT可以根据第一DCI和第二DCI接收网络设备发送的信息,或者根据第一DCI和第二DCI向网络设备发送信息。Specifically, when the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, the UT may be in time The second DCI is received on the first TTI included in the window. Since the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the information is sent according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the information sent by the UT is received according to the first DCI and the second DCI, after the UT receives the second DCI, The UT may receive information sent by the network device according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or send information to the network device according to the first DCI and the second DCI.
可选的,当网络设备向该UT发送了第一配置信息,且第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式时,则步骤202中该UT接收第一DCI具体为:若第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式,则该UT接收第一DCI。由于第一调度模式用于指示根据第一DCI发送信息,或用于指示根据第一DCI接收该UT发送的信息,因此,在该UT接收第一DCI之后,该UT可以根据第一DCI接收网络设备发送的信息,或者根据第一DCI向网络设备发送信息。Optionally, when the network device sends the first configuration information to the UT, and the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, the receiving, by the UT, the first DCI in the step 202 is specifically: if the first configuration information is used. In configuring the first scheduling mode, the UT receives the first DCI. Since the first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the information is sent according to the first DCI, or is used to indicate that the information sent by the UT is received according to the first DCI, after the UT receives the first DCI, the UT may receive the network according to the first DCI. The information sent by the device or sent to the network device according to the first DCI.
相应的,若网络设备根据步骤203接收了第一通知信息和发送第一配置信息,以及该UT根据步骤204发送了第一通知信息和接收第一配置信息,参见图9,则网络设备发送第二DCI、以及该UT接收第二DCI的方法具体如步骤205c-206c所述。Correspondingly, if the network device receives the first notification information and sends the first configuration information according to step 203, and the UT sends the first notification information according to step 204 and receives the first configuration information, referring to FIG. 9, the network device sends the first The two DCIs, and the method by which the UT receives the second DCI are specifically as described in steps 205c-206c.
步骤205c:当第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式且第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力时,网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI。Step 205c: When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode and the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI.
可选的,当第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式且第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力,或第一通知信息用于指示该UT不具有接收第二DCI的能力时,步骤201中网络设备向该UT发送第一DCI具体为:该网络设备向该UT发送第一DCI,即网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT不发送第二DCI。Optionally, when the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, and the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the second DCI. The capability of the network device to send the first DCI to the UT in step 201 is specifically: the network device sends the first DCI to the UT, that is, the network device does not send the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI.
步骤206c:当第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式且第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力时,该UT在时间窗包含的第一TTI上接收第二DCI。Step 206c: When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode and the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, the UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI included in the time window.
可选的,当第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式且第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力,或第一通知信息用于指示该UT不具有接收第二DCI的能力时,则步骤202该UT接收第一DCI具体为:该 UT接收网络设备发送的第一DCI,即该UT在第一TTI上不接收第二DCI。Optionally, when the first configuration information is used to configure the first scheduling mode, and the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT does not have the second DCI. The capability of the UT to receive the first DCI is specifically as follows: The UT receives the first DCI sent by the network device, that is, the UT does not receive the second DCI on the first TTI.
需要说明的,在本发明实施例中,第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。第一TTI可以由第一DCI指示的。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window. The first TTI may be indicated by the first DCI.
进一步的,在本发明实施例中,在基于步骤201-206c所述的方法实现网络设备和UT之间的数据传输时,该第一DCI还可以包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。通过指示TTI长度的信息可以使得网络设备可以根据UT的业务需求和时延需求,给UT配置不同的TTI长度以满足不同UT的需求,提高系统资源使用效率。Further, in the embodiment of the present invention, when data transmission between the network device and the UT is implemented according to the method described in steps 201-206c, the first DCI may further include information for indicating a TTI length. By indicating the information of the TTI length, the network device can configure different TTI lengths for the UT according to the service requirements and delay requirements of the UT to meet the requirements of different UTs, thereby improving system resource usage efficiency.
其中,该第一DCI的发送周期x ms,x为正整数,例如,x=1ms,2ms,5ms,10ms),或者m个符号,m为大于等于7的正整数。可选的,发送周期是是可预先定义或高层信令配置的,如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令。The transmission period x ms of the first DCI, x is a positive integer, for example, x=1ms, 2ms, 5ms, 10ms), or m symbols, and m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 7. Optionally, the sending period is configured by pre-definable or high-level signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling.
另外,TTI长度的信息具体为TTI的时间长度时,可以用于指示(1)-(5)不同的TTI长度,而此TTI长度的信息存在一定的生效时间/持续时间/周期,即TTI长度的信息的生效时间/持续时间/周期y ms,y为正整数,例如,x=1ms,2ms,5ms,10ms),或者i个符号,i为大于等于7的正整数。即该TTI长度的信息在此期间不会改变,直到收到新的第一DCI或新的生效时间/持续时间/周期。此TTI长度的信息的生效时间/持续时间/周期可以大于第一DCI的发送周期,也可以小于或等于第一DCI的发送周期。可选的,TI长度的信息的生效时间/持续时间/周期是可预先定义或高层信令配置的,如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令。该UT/网络设备根据TTI长度的信息和TTI长度的信息的生效时间/持续时间/周期,确定该TTI长度的信息对应的TTI长度的生效时间/持续时间/周期。具体如下所述。In addition, when the information of the TTI length is specifically the length of the TTI, it may be used to indicate different TTI lengths of (1)-(5), and the information of the TTI length has a certain effective time/duration/cycle, that is, the TTI length. The effective time/duration/period y ms of the information, y is a positive integer, for example, x = 1 ms, 2 ms, 5 ms, 10 ms), or i symbols, i is a positive integer greater than or equal to 7. That is, the information of the TTI length does not change during this period until a new first DCI or a new effective time/duration/cycle is received. The effective time/duration/period of the information of the TTI length may be greater than the transmission period of the first DCI, or may be less than or equal to the transmission period of the first DCI. Optionally, the effective time/duration/period of the TI length information is pre-definable or high-layer signaling configuration, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling. The UT/network device determines the effective time/duration/period of the TTI length corresponding to the information of the TTI length according to the information of the TTI length and the effective time/duration/period of the information of the TTI length. The details are as follows.
(1)、一种TTI长度,一种TTI长度为时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度:也即是,时间窗包括的每个TTI的时间长度相同,且均为指示的TTI长度。(1) A TTI length, a TTI length is the length of time of the TTI included in the time window: that is, the time window includes the same length of time for each TTI, and is the indicated TTI length.
例如,TTI长度的信息用于指示的此一种TTI长度为1个符号,2个符号,3个符号或4个符号,0.5ms或7个符号,1ms或14个符号中的一种。具体的指示方式可以参考如下表1~表5。其中,表1,Value 10对应 3个符号和/或4个符号,Value 10可以对应3个符号,或对应4个符号,或者即对应着3个符号也对应着4个符号。即对应着3个符号也对应着4个符号可以理解为是一种TTI长度,进一步的,因为一个1ms子帧中包含14个符号,那么此1ms子帧的TTI长度可以为4343,或3434,或3344,或4433,或4334,或3443的一种TTI顺序结构,其中,4343表示一个1ms中TTI顺序结构为4个符号的TTI、3个符号的TTI、4个符号的TTI、3个符号的TTI,若指示的TTI长度为即对应着3个符号也对应着4个符号,也就是在一个子帧中的TTI长度以及TTI顺序结构是以上举例中的一种。For example, the TTI length information is used to indicate that the one type of TTI is 1 symbol, 2 symbols, 3 symbols or 4 symbols, 0.5 ms or 7 symbols, 1 ms or 14 symbols. For specific indication methods, refer to Tables 1 to 5 below. Among them, Table 1, Value 10 corresponds Three symbols and/or four symbols, Value 10 can correspond to three symbols, or four symbols, or three symbols corresponding to four symbols. That is, corresponding to 3 symbols and corresponding to 4 symbols can be understood as a TTI length. Further, since a 1 ms subframe contains 14 symbols, the TTI length of the 1 ms subframe can be 4343, or 3434. Or a TTI sequence structure of 3344, or 4433, or 4334, or 3443, wherein 4343 represents a TTI with a TTI sequence structure of 4 symbols in 1 ms, a TTI of 3 symbols, a TTI of 4 symbols, 3 symbols The TTI, if the indicated TTI length is corresponding to 3 symbols, also corresponds to 4 symbols, that is, the TTI length and the TTI sequence structure in one subframe are one of the above examples.
需要说明的是,这里对TTI长度的信息的取值和指示的时间长度的对应关系或表格可以是预先定义或者高层信令通知的,这里不做限制,即如高层信令通知,那么根据高层信令指示的Value 00可以对应2个符号,而不是对应1个符号。上述表1中的至少一个TTI长度的信息的值,和/或表2中的至少一个TTI长度的信息的值,和/或表3中的至少一个TTI长度的信息的值,和/或表4中的至少一个TTI长度的信息的值,和/或表5中的至少一个TTI长度的信息的值可以组合成为新的TTI长度的信息表格。该高层信令,如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)。It should be noted that the correspondence between the value of the TTI length information and the indicated time length or the table may be pre-defined or high-level signaling, and is not limited here, that is, as high-level signaling, then according to the upper layer. The Value 00 indicated by the signaling may correspond to 2 symbols instead of 1 symbol. The value of the information of at least one TTI length in the above Table 1, and/or the value of the information of at least one TTI length in Table 2, and/or the value of the information of at least one TTI length in Table 3, and/or a table The value of the information of at least one TTI length in 4, and/or the value of the information of at least one TTI length in Table 5 may be combined into a new TTI length information table. The high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control).
其中,0.5ms可以被替换7个符号或6个符号;1ms可以被替换14个符号或12个符号。Among them, 0.5ms can be replaced by 7 symbols or 6 symbols; 1ms can be replaced by 14 symbols or 12 symbols.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000001
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000002
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000003
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000004
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000005
(2)、至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种。进一步的,UT或网络设备根据第二DCI和至少两种候选的TTI长度,确定在时间窗包含TTI的时间长度,第二DCI包含用于指示该至少两种候选的TTI长度之一的TTI长度选择信息;也即是,时间窗包括的具体的TTI的长度可以根据第二DCI,从至少两种候选的TTI长度中进行选择一种TTI的时间长度。该一种TTI的时间长度可以对应第二DCI指示的TTI的时间长度,即时间窗包括的TTI的时间长度可以不相同;或,该一种TTI的时间长度可以对应时间窗包括的每个TTI的时间长度,也就是时间窗包括的每个TTI的时间长度是相同的。第二DCI包含的TTI长度选择信息包含第一候选时间长度和第二候选时间长度。若第一DCI包含的TTI长度的信息为value 00,那么第一候选时间长度为1个符号,第二候选时间长度为2个符号。至少两种候选的TTI长度可以相同,也可以不同。可以理解的,当至少两种候选的TTI长度相同的时候,即所有候选的TTI长度相同,UT可以只根据TTI长度的信息确定在时间窗包含TTI的时间长度,而无需再根据第二DCI确定在时间窗包含TTI的时间长度。(2) at least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths. Further, the UT or the network device determines, according to the second DCI and the at least two candidate TTI lengths, a time length that includes a TTI in the time window, where the second DCI includes a TTI length indicating one of the TTI lengths of the at least two candidates. The information is selected; that is, the length of the specific TTI included in the time window may be selected from the at least two candidate TTI lengths according to the second DCI. The length of the TTI may be different from the length of the TTI indicated by the second DCI, that is, the time length of the TTI included in the time window may be different; or the length of the TTI may correspond to each TTI included in the time window. The length of time, that is, the length of time for each TTI included in the time window is the same. The TTI length selection information included in the second DCI includes a first candidate time length and a second candidate time length. If the information of the TTI length included in the first DCI is value 00, the first candidate time length is 1 symbol, and the second candidate time length is 2 symbols. The at least two candidate TTI lengths may be the same or different. It can be understood that when the lengths of the at least two candidate TTIs are the same, that is, the lengths of all the candidate TTIs are the same, the UT may determine, according to the information of the TTI length, only the length of time in the time window including the TTI, without determining according to the second DCI. The time window contains the length of time of the TTI.
需要说明的是,这里对第一DCI包含的TTI长度的信息的取值和指示的至少两种候选的TTI长度的对应关系或表格可以是预先定义或者高层信令通知的,这里不做限制,即如高层信令通知,那么根据高层信令指 示的Value 00可以对应3个符号或4个符号,而不是对应1个符号或2个符号。如下表6中两种候选的TTI长度的信息的值,和/或表7中三种候选的TTI长度的信息的值,表8中不等长候选的TTI长度的信息的值,和/或表9中第二DCI包含的TTI长度选择信息的值,和/或表10中第二DCI包含的TTI长度选择信息的值可以组合成为新的TTI长度的信息表格。It should be noted that the correspondence between the value of the information of the TTI length included in the first DCI and the TTI length of the at least two candidates may be pre-defined or high-level signaling, and is not limited herein. That is, as high-level signaling, then according to high-level signaling The value 00 shown may correspond to 3 symbols or 4 symbols instead of 1 symbol or 2 symbols. The values of the information of the two candidate TTI lengths in Table 6 below, and/or the values of the information of the three candidate TTI lengths in Table 7, the values of the information of the TTI lengths of the unequal-length candidates in Table 8, and/or The values of the TTI length selection information included in the second DCI in Table 9, and/or the values of the TTI length selection information included in the second DCI in Table 10 may be combined into a new TTI length information table.
其中,0.5ms可以被替换7个符号或6个符号;1ms可以被替换14个符号或12个符号。Among them, 0.5ms can be replaced by 7 symbols or 6 symbols; 1ms can be replaced by 14 symbols or 12 symbols.
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000006
表7Table 7
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000007
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000008
表9Table 9
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000009
表10Table 10
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000010
(3)、至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系。进一步的,该UT根据TTI的位置信息和至少一种TTI长度,确定时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度,且该对应关系是预先定义,或高层信令通知的;也即是,时间窗包括的每个TTI的长度可以相同或不同,且时间窗包含的每个TTI具体的TTI长度可以根据TTI位置的顺序信息和至少一种TTI长度进行确定,但该对应关系是预先定义,或高层信令通知的,如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令。例如,该TTI的位置信息为第一个TTI、第二个TTI、第三个TTI、.....、第N个TTI,这里该TTI所在符号之间是连续的也可以是不连续的,取决于时间窗的占用的符号是否连续。如下表11所示,根据指示第N个TTI长度的比特信息域,确定第N个TTI的长度。(3) at least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window, where the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window. Further, the UT determines, according to the location information of the TTI and the at least one TTI length, a time length of the TTI included in the time window, and the corresponding relationship is predefined, or is reported by a high layer signaling; that is, the time window includes The length of each TTI may be the same or different, and the specific TTI length of each TTI included in the time window may be determined according to the sequence information of the TTI position and the at least one TTI length, but the correspondence is predefined, or higher layer signaling. Notified, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling. For example, the location information of the TTI is the first TTI, the second TTI, the third TTI, the ....., the Nth TTI, where the symbols of the TTI are consecutive or discontinuous. , depending on whether the symbols occupied by the time window are continuous. As shown in Table 11 below, the length of the Nth TTI is determined according to the bit information field indicating the length of the Nth TTI.
表11Table 11
第一DCI包含的TTI长度的信息The length of the TTI included in the first DCI TTI长度TTI length
第一个TTI长度比特信息域First TTI length bit information field 3个符号3 symbols
第二个TTI长度比特信息域Second TTI length bit information field 4个符号4 symbols
第三个TTI长度比特信息域Third TTI length bit information field 1个符号1 symbol
第四个TTI长度比特信息域Fourth TTI length bit information field 2个符号2 symbols
..............  
第N个TTI长度比特信息域Nth TTI length bit information field 1ms1ms
(4)、至少一种TTI长度,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系,所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息为预先定义或高层信令通知的。(4) At least one TTI length, the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window, and the location information of the TTI included in the time window is pre-defined or high-level signaling.
需要说明的是,(4)中的至少一种TTI长度与上述(3)中的至少一种TTI长度类似,但不同的是,(3)中TTI的位置信息是由TTI长度的信息指示的,而(4)中TTI的位置信息是预先定义,或高层信令通知的。It should be noted that at least one TTI length in (4) is similar to at least one TTI length in (3) above, but the difference is that the location information of the TTI in (3) is indicated by information of the TTI length. And the location information of the TTI in (4) is predefined, or is reported by higher layer signaling.
(5)、至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道、下行数据信道、上行控制信道、下行控制信道中的至少一种。即至少一个物理信道所在的TTI的时间长度。进一步的,该UT或网络设备根据在时间窗包含的TTI上物理信道的类型,确定物理信道所在的时间长度;也即是,一个物理信道对应一种TTI长度,且不同的物理信道可以对应相同或不同的TTI长度。例如,下行数据信道的长度可以是1个符号或2个符号或3个符号或0.5ms或1ms;上行数据信道的长度可以是1个符号或2个符号或3个符号或0.5ms或1ms。(5) The length of time at which the physical channel is located, the physical channel comprising at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel. That is, the length of time of the TTI where at least one physical channel is located. Further, the UT or the network device determines the length of time the physical channel is located according to the type of the physical channel on the TTI included in the time window; that is, one physical channel corresponds to one TTI length, and different physical channels may correspond to the same Or different TTI lengths. For example, the length of the downlink data channel may be 1 symbol or 2 symbols or 3 symbols or 0.5 ms or 1 ms; the length of the uplink data channel may be 1 symbol or 2 symbols or 3 symbols or 0.5 ms or 1 ms.
需要说明的,至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,具体为上行控制信道所在的时间长度和下行数据信道所在的时间长度。至少一个物理信道所在TTI的时间长度,具体为上行控制信道所在TTI的时间长度和下行数据信道所在TTI的时间长度。例如sPUCCH所在的时间长度为3个符号和/或4个符号,sPDSCH所在的时间长度为1个符号。It should be noted that the length of time at which the at least one physical channel is located is specifically the length of time in which the uplink control channel is located and the length of time in which the downlink data channel is located. The length of time of the TTI where the at least one physical channel is located is specifically the length of time of the TTI where the uplink control channel is located and the length of time of the TTI where the downlink data channel is located. For example, the length of time for the sPUCCH is 3 symbols and/or 4 symbols, and the length of time for the sPDSCH is 1 symbol.
需要说明的是,这里对第一DCI包含的TTI长度的信息的取值和指示的物理信道所在的TTI长度的对应关系或表格可以是预先定义或者高层信令通知的,这里不做限制,即如高层信令通知,那么根据高层信令指示的下行数据信道可以对应3个符号或4个符号,而也可以对应1个符号或2个符号。可以理解的,也不是所有物理信道都会被指示所在的TTI长度,如下表12-表15所示,可能只指示下行数据信道、下行控制信道、上行控制信道、上行数据信道中的之一或者组合。 It should be noted that the correspondence between the value of the TTI length information included in the first DCI and the TTI length of the indicated physical channel may be pre-defined or high-level signaling, which is not limited herein. As indicated by the high layer signaling, the downlink data channel indicated by the high layer signaling may correspond to 3 symbols or 4 symbols, and may also correspond to 1 symbol or 2 symbols. It can be understood that the length of the TTI in which all the physical channels are indicated, as shown in Table 12-Table 15 below, may only indicate one or a combination of the downlink data channel, the downlink control channel, the uplink control channel, and the uplink data channel. .
表12Table 12
第一DCI包含的TTI长度的信息The length of the TTI included in the first DCI TTI长度TTI length
下行数据信道Downlink data channel 1个符号1 symbol
下行控制信道Downlink control channel 1个符号1 symbol
上行控制信道Uplink control channel 1个符号1 symbol
上行数据信道Uplink data channel 2个符号2 symbols
表13Table 13
第一DCI包含的TTI长度的信息The length of the TTI included in the first DCI TTI长度TTI length
下行数据信道 Downlink data channel 2个符号2 symbols
上行数据信道 Uplink data channel 4或3个符号4 or 3 symbols
表14Table 14
第一DCI包含的TTI长度的信息The length of the TTI included in the first DCI TTI长度TTI length
下行数据信道 Downlink data channel 2个符号2 symbols
上行控制信道Uplink control channel 0.5ms0.5ms
表15Table 15
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000011
需要说明的是,上述TTI长度的信息具体用于指示的(5)的内容,与上述(1)-(4)是“和/或”的关系,也即是,TTI长度的信息具体用于指示的除了上述五种中的任一种外,还可以是(1)-(4)中的任一种与(5)结合的信息。该UT或网络设备根据在时间窗包含的TTI上物理信 道的类型和(1-4)的TTI的长度信息,确定物理信道所在的TTI的时间长度。以(5)和(1)结合为例,若第一DCI是指示的TTI长度的信息中的候选TTI长度为2个符号,且指示的下行数据信道所在的时间长度为2个符号或0.5ms,则下行数据信道只在时间长度为2个符号的TTI上发送。It should be noted that the information of the TTI length is specifically used for the content of the indication (5), and the relationship between the above (1) and (4) is “and/or”, that is, the information of the TTI length is specifically used for In addition to any of the above five types, the indication may be information in which any one of (1) to (4) is combined with (5). The UT or network device is based on a physical letter on the TTI included in the time window The length of the channel and the length information of the TTI of (1-4) determine the length of time of the TTI where the physical channel is located. Taking the combination of (5) and (1) as an example, if the first DCI is the indicated TTI length, the candidate TTI length is 2 symbols, and the indicated downlink data channel is 2 symbols or 0.5 ms. Then, the downlink data channel is transmitted only on the TTI with a length of 2 symbols.
需要说明的,若第一TTI占用的符号数大于1个符号,网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI时,则第二DCI只在第一TTI的第一个符号上发送。相比第二DCI分布在整个TTI上,这样的好处是可以使得UT尽量提前进行DCI解调,节约UT处理时间。进一步的,若在一个符号上承载不下多个UT的第二DCI,那么可选方案是:若第一TTI占用的符号数大于1个符号,网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI时,第二DCI在第一TTI的符号索引由第一DCI或高层信令指示的,即该UT或网络设备根据第一DCI或高层信令,确定第二DCI所在的符号索引,从而即保持了灵活度,又可以根据系统负载灵活配置第二DCI的位置。It should be noted that, if the number of symbols occupied by the first TTI is greater than one symbol, and the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the second DCI is only sent on the first symbol of the first TTI. Compared with the second DCI distribution over the entire TTI, the advantage is that the UT can perform DCI demodulation as early as possible, saving UT processing time. Further, if the second DCI of the multiple UTs is not carried on one symbol, the alternative is: if the number of symbols occupied by the first TTI is greater than 1 symbol, the network device sends the second to the UT on the first TTI. In the case of DCI, the symbol index of the second DCI in the first TTI is indicated by the first DCI or higher layer signaling, that is, the UT or the network device determines the symbol index of the second DCI according to the first DCI or higher layer signaling, thereby The flexibility is maintained, and the location of the second DCI can be flexibly configured according to the system load.
进一步的,网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI时,由于该第二DCI的时频资源所占的资源元素RE属于下行数据信道包括的RE,若该下行数据信道包括的部分RE预设给第二DCI,为了保证该UT正确接收下行数据信道,且不会发生速率匹配错误的问题,因此,需要确定下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE是否包括第二DCI的时频资源的RE,具体方法如下所述。Further, when the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the time-frequency resource of the second DCI belongs to the RE included in the downlink data channel, and the part included in the downlink data channel The RE is preset to the second DCI. In order to ensure that the UT correctly receives the downlink data channel, and the rate matching error does not occur, it is required to determine whether the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the time-frequency resource of the second DCI. RE, the specific method is as follows.
当网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI时,则下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源的RE;当网络设备在时间窗包含的第一TTI中向该UT未发送第二DCI时,则下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在第一TTI上的第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE。When the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; when the network device is in the first TTI included in the time window When the second DCI is not sent to the UT, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located.
相应的,用户终端若在第一TTI上接收到第二DCI,则确定下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源的RE;若在第一TTI未接收到第二DCI或根据控制指示信息确定在时间窗包含的第一TTI未发送第二DCI,则确定下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在第一TTI上的第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE。Correspondingly, if the user terminal receives the second DCI on the first TTI, it determines that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; if the second DCI is not received in the first TTI Or determining, according to the control indication information, that the first TTI included in the time window does not send the second DCI, determining that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located.
需要说明的,第二DCI的时频资源可以是承载在网络设备发送控制信道上,如第一DCI或控制指示信息中,或者可以是承载在高层信令上, 如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令中,或者可以是预先定义的。第二DCI的时频资源可以是在第一TTI上的时域频域资源中的资源。时频资源包括:时域资源和频域资源。It should be noted that the time-frequency resource of the second DCI may be carried on the network device sending control channel, such as the first DCI or the control indication information, or may be carried on the high layer signaling. For example, in RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling, or it may be predefined. The time-frequency resource of the second DCI may be a resource in a time domain frequency domain resource on the first TTI. Time-frequency resources include: time domain resources and frequency domain resources.
可选的,时域资源是符号(symbol)、符号组(symbol group)、时隙(slot)或子帧(subframe),其中,符号是一个子载波所在的频域为15kHz的LTE系统的符号,是一个子载波所在的频域大于15kHz的通信系统的符号;时隙是一个子载波所在的频域为15kHz的LTE系统的时隙,或者,是一个子载波所在的频域大于15kHz的通信系统的时隙,长度可以小于0.5ms;子帧是一个子载波所在的频域为15kHz的LTE系统的子帧,或者是一个子载波所在的频域大于15kHz的通信系统的子帧,长度可以小于1ms,本实施例对此不作限定。如,一个子载波所在的频域大于15kHz的频域可以为30kHz,60kHz,120kHz,本实施例对此不作限定Optionally, the time domain resource is a symbol, a symbol group, a slot, or a subframe, where the symbol is a symbol of an LTE system in which the frequency domain of the subcarrier is 15 kHz. Is a symbol of a communication system in which the subcarrier is located in the frequency domain greater than 15 kHz; the time slot is a time slot of an LTE system in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is 15 kHz, or a communication in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz The time slot of the system may be less than 0.5 ms in length; the subframe is a subframe of an LTE system in which the frequency domain of the subcarrier is 15 kHz, or a subframe of a communication system in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz, and the length may be It is less than 1 ms, which is not limited in this embodiment. For example, the frequency domain in which the frequency domain of one subcarrier is greater than 15 kHz may be 30 kHz, 60 kHz, and 120 kHz, which is not limited in this embodiment.
可选的,频域资源是短物理资源块(Short Physical Resource Block,SPRB),短物理资源块组(Short Physical Resource Block Group,SRBG),短虚拟资源块(Short Virtul Resource Block,SVRB),子载波或子载波组。其中,SPRB和SVRB分别为不同含义的资源分配的基本单位。SPRB为频域上12个连续的子载波,时域上是一个传输时间长度的资源,传输时间长度可以从1个符号至14个符号中的任意符号数,在集中式资源分配时SVRB与SPRB的定义相同,在分布式资源分配时SVRB与SPRB有一定的对应关系。SPRB索引为SPRB索引,SVRB索引为SVRB索引,因此,该SPRB索引和该SVRB索引可以不同。SRBG可包括多个SPRB,SRBG中包括的SPRB的个数根据终端设备的带宽确定或者由网络设备指示得到。其中,SPRB索引可以为SPRB的编号,SRBG索引可以为SRBG的编号,SVRB索引可以为SVRB的编号,子载波索引可以为子载波的编号,子载波组索引可以为子载波组的编号。子载波组包括至少一个子载波,这里的一个子载波所在的频域可以是等于或大于15kHz的。Optionally, the frequency domain resource is a short physical resource block (SPRB), a short physical resource block group (SRBG), a short virtual resource block (SVRB), and a short virtual resource block (SVRB). Carrier or subcarrier group. Among them, SPRB and SVRB are the basic units for resource allocation of different meanings. The SPRB is 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain. In the time domain, it is a resource with a transmission time length. The transmission time length can be from 1 symbol to any number of symbols in 14 symbols. In the centralized resource allocation, SVRB and SPRB. The definition is the same. SVRB has a certain correspondence with SPRB in distributed resource allocation. The SPRB index is an SPRB index, and the SVRB index is an SVRB index. Therefore, the SPRB index and the SVRB index may be different. The SRBG may include multiple SPRBs, and the number of SPRBs included in the SRBG is determined according to the bandwidth of the terminal device or is indicated by the network device. The SPRB index may be the number of the SPRB, the SRBG index may be the number of the SRBB, the SVRB index may be the number of the SVRB, the subcarrier index may be the number of the subcarrier, and the subcarrier group index may be the number of the subcarrier group. The subcarrier group includes at least one subcarrier, where one subcarrier is located in a frequency domain equal to or greater than 15 kHz.
可选的,第二DCI还用于指示UT释放掉缓存器中第一HARQ进程号对应的预设的信息传输的指示信息。进一步的,第二DCI还用于指示该第一HARQ进程号。需要说明的,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE,可以理解为:对于每个用于物理信 道下行数据信道传输的天线端口,复值符号块
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000012
应被映射进序列,映射开始于y(p)(0)到资源元素RE(k,l),在被配置给该UT的短物理资源块(short PRB)中该UT假设此时没有第二DCI传输,这些资源元素RE(k,l)包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE。进一步的,资源元素RE(k,l)在天线端口p的映射应该按照以下的增加顺序:在被配置给该UT的短物理资源块(short PRB)中,先开始增加子载波索引k,然后增加符号索引l,符号索引起始于此第一TTI的第一个符号。
Optionally, the second DCI is further used to instruct the UT to release the indication information of the preset information transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process ID in the buffer. Further, the second DCI is further used to indicate the first HARQ process ID. It should be noted that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, and can be understood as: for each antenna port used for downlink transmission of the physical data channel, the complex-valued symbol block
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000012
Should be mapped into a sequence, the mapping starts at y (p) (0) to the resource element RE(k,l), and in the short physical resource block (short PRB) configured for the UT, the UT assumes that there is no second DCI transmission, these resource elements RE(k, l) include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located. Further, the mapping of the resource elements RE(k, l) at the antenna port p should be in the following increasing order: in the short physical resource block (short PRB) configured for the UT, the subcarrier index k is first increased, and then The symbol index l is incremented, and the symbol index starts from the first symbol of the first TTI.
需要说明的,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE,可以理解为:对于每个用于物理信道下行数据信道传输的天线端口,复值符号块
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000013
应被映射进序列,映射开始于y(p)(0)到资源元素RE(k,l),在被配置给该UT的短物理资源块(short PRB)中假设UT不用这些资源元素RE(k,l)传输第二DCI,这些资源元素RE(k,l)不包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE。进一步的,资源元素RE(k,l)在天线端口p的映射应该按照以下的增加顺序:在被配置给该UT的短物理资源块(short PRB)中,先开始增加子载波索引或频域索引k,然后增加符号索引或时域索引l,符号索引起始于此第一TTI的第一个符号。其中,
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000014
是用于在每个天线端口传输一个物理信道的调制符号数,y(p)(0)是天线端口p的调制之后的索引为0的复值符号块。
It should be noted that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, and can be understood as: for each antenna port for the downlink channel data channel transmission of the physical channel, the complex-valued symbol block
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000013
Should be mapped into a sequence, the mapping starts at y (p) (0) to the resource element RE(k,l), and in the short physical resource block (short PRB) configured for the UT, it is assumed that the UT does not use these resource elements RE ( k, l) transmitting the second DCI, these resource elements RE(k, l) do not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located. Further, the mapping of the resource elements RE(k, l) at the antenna port p should be in the following increasing order: in the short physical resource block (short PRB) configured for the UT, first increase the subcarrier index or the frequency domain. Index k, then increase the symbol index or time domain index l, the symbol index starts from the first symbol of the first TTI. among them,
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000014
Is the number of modulation symbols used to transmit one physical channel at each antenna port, and y (p) (0) is a complex-valued symbol block with an index of 0 after modulation of antenna port p.
进一步的,第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:第二DCI占用的RE,第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,第二DCI的格式。可以理解的是,网络设备或该UT根据第一DCI确定以下中的至少一项:第二DCI占用的RE,第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,第二DCI的格式。可选的,第一DCI还用于指示第二DCI占用的RE,具体为第一DCI还用于指示第二DCI占用的RE的图案。可选的,第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,所述候选下行控制信道的数量可以是第二DCI盲检测次数,或第二DCI的候选格式数。进一步的,网络设备或该UT根据以上的信息,确定第二DCI占用的时频资源。也就是说,第一DCI可以指示第二DCI的时频资源的变化。需要说明的是,网络设备可 以根据调度的用户数、用户的信道质量或者第二DCI承载的信息量,变更第二DCI的时频资源,相比于预定义的第二DCI的时频资源,可以达到节约时频资源的目的。网络设备通过第一DCI指示的以下中至少一个:第二DCI占用的RE、第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量、第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级、第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数和第二DCI的格式,可以减小UT对第二DCI的盲检测次数。Further, the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, a CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and a second DCI corresponding The number of REs occupied by the CCE, the format of the second DCI. It can be understood that the network device or the UT determines at least one of the following according to the first DCI: the RE occupied by the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, and the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI, and the format of the second DCI. Optionally, the first DCI is further used to indicate the RE occupied by the second DCI, and specifically, the first DCI is further used to indicate a pattern of the RE occupied by the second DCI. Optionally, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, where the number of candidate downlink control channels may be the second DCI blind detection number, or the candidate number of the second DCI. Further, the network device or the UT determines the time-frequency resource occupied by the second DCI according to the above information. That is, the first DCI may indicate a change in the time-frequency resource of the second DCI. It should be noted that the network device can The time-frequency resource of the second DCI is changed according to the number of scheduled users, the channel quality of the user, or the amount of information of the second DCI, and the time-frequency resource can be saved compared to the time-frequency resource of the predefined second DCI. purpose. At least one of the following: the RE of the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and the RE occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI. The number and the format of the second DCI can reduce the number of blind detections of the second DCI by the UT.
进一步的,参见图10,该方法还包括:Further, referring to FIG. 10, the method further includes:
步骤207:网络设备向该UT发送HARQ反馈资源信息,该HARQ反馈资源信息包括第一HARQ反馈资源和第二HARQ反馈资源。Step 207: The network device sends HARQ feedback resource information to the UT, where the HARQ feedback resource information includes a first HARQ feedback resource and a second HARQ feedback resource.
其中,第一HARQ反馈资源和第二HARQ反馈资源为ACK/NACK反馈资源。网络设备可以通过物理信道,例如第一DCI或高层信令通知的如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令。该HARQ反馈资源与该UT的检测结果之间有对应关系,该对应关系是预先定义的或高层信令通知的,该检测结果包括是否检测到第二DCI,和/或接收的下行数据信道是否占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE,也即是,该对应关系包括检测结果与第一HARQ反馈资源和第二HARQ反馈资源的映射关系。例如,第一HARQ反馈资源可以是第一上行控制信道资源,第二HARQ反馈资源可以是第二上行控制信道资源,该上行控制信道的格式不做限制,可以是上行控制信道格式1a/1b,也可以是其他格式。The first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource are ACK/NACK feedback resources. The network device may be notified by a physical channel, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling, such as the first DCI or higher layer signaling. Corresponding relationship between the HARQ feedback resource and the detection result of the UT, the correspondence is pre-defined or high-level signaling, and the detection result includes whether the second DCI is detected, and/or the received downlink data channel is The RE that occupies the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, that is, the correspondence includes the mapping relationship between the detection result and the first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource. For example, the first HARQ feedback resource may be the first uplink control channel resource, and the second HARQ feedback resource may be the second uplink control channel resource. The format of the uplink control channel is not limited, and may be the uplink control channel format 1a/1b. It can also be in other formats.
比如,该对应关系可以为UT检测到第二DCI和/或接收的下行数据信道未占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE,与第一HARQ反馈资源对应,以及UT未检测到第二DCI和/或接收的下行数据信道占用了第二DCI的时频资源的RE,与第二HARQ反馈资源对应;也即是,当UT检测到第二DCI和/或确定接收的下行数据信道未占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE,则在第一HARQ反馈资源上发送HARQ应答信息,若UT未检测到第二DCI和/或确定接收的下行数据信道占用了第二DCI的时频资源的RE,则在第二HARQ反馈资源上发送HARQ应答信息,当然,也可以将第一HARQ反馈资源和第二HARQ反馈资源的对应关系进行调换,本发明实施例对此不作限定。For example, the correspondence may be that the UT detects the second DCI and/or the received downlink data channel does not occupy the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource, corresponds to the first HARQ feedback resource, and the UT does not detect the second DCI and And/or the received downlink data channel occupies the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, and corresponds to the second HARQ feedback resource; that is, when the UT detects the second DCI and/or determines that the received downlink data channel is not occupied. The RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI transmits the HARQ response information on the first HARQ feedback resource, if the UT does not detect the second DCI and/or determines that the received downlink data channel occupies the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource Then, the HARQ response information is sent on the second HARQ feedback resource. Of course, the correspondence between the first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource may also be exchanged, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
步骤208:该UT接收HARQ反馈资源信息。 Step 208: The UT receives HARQ feedback resource information.
需要说明的是,步骤214中HARQ反馈资源信息与上述步骤213中的HARQ反馈资源信息一致,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the HARQ feedback resource information in step 214 is consistent with the HARQ feedback resource information in step 213, and details are not described herein again.
步骤209:该UT根据检测结果和对应关系,确定与检测结果对应的HARQ反馈资源信息。Step 209: The UT determines HARQ feedback resource information corresponding to the detection result according to the detection result and the correspondence.
当该UT接收HARQ反馈资源信息之后,该UT可以根据HARQ反馈资源信息与对应关系,选择与自身的检测结果对应的HARQ反馈资源信息,并在相应的对应的HARQ反馈资源信息上返回HARQ反馈信息,以将自身的检测结果反馈给网络设备。After the UT receives the HARQ feedback resource information, the UT may select the HARQ feedback resource information corresponding to the detection result of the HARQ according to the HARQ feedback resource information and the corresponding relationship, and return the HARQ feedback information on the corresponding corresponding HARQ feedback resource information. To feed back the test results to the network device.
也即是,若第一HARQ反馈资源与UT检测到第二DCI和/或确定接收的下行数据信道未占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE对应,则当该UT检测到第二DCI和/或确定接收的下行数据信道未占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE,则在第一HARQ反馈资源上发送HARQ应答信息,否则,在第二HARQ反馈资源上发送HARQ应答信息。进一步的,若UT检测到第二DCI和/或确定接收的下行数据信道未占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE,则在第一HARQ反馈资源上发送ACK/NACK反馈信息;若该UT检测到第二DCI和/或确定接收的下行数据信道未占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE,则在所述第二HARQ反馈资源上发送ACK/NACK反馈信息。That is, if the first HARQ feedback resource corresponds to the UT that the UT detects the second DCI and/or determines that the received downlink data channel does not occupy the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, then the UT detects the second DCI and/or Or determining that the received downlink data channel does not occupy the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, and then sending the HARQ response information on the first HARQ feedback resource; otherwise, transmitting the HARQ response information on the second HARQ feedback resource. Further, if the UT detects the second DCI and/or determines that the received downlink data channel does not occupy the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, sends ACK/NACK feedback information on the first HARQ feedback resource; if the UT detects And sending ACK/NACK feedback information on the second HARQ feedback resource to the second DCI and/or determining that the received downlink data channel does not occupy the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI.
步骤210:网络设备接收HARQ反馈信息,根据HARQ反馈资源信息和对应关系,确定该UT的检测结果。Step 210: The network device receives the HARQ feedback information, and determines the detection result of the UT according to the HARQ feedback resource information and the correspondence.
由于该对应关系包括检测结果与第一HARQ反馈资源和第二HARQ反馈资源的映射关系,因此,网络设备可以根据接收HARQ应答信息对应的HARQ反馈资源是第一HARQ反馈资源或者第二HARQ反馈资源,确定该UT反馈的检测结果,之后,可以根据该UT反馈的检测结果与之前是否真正向该UT发送第二DCI,和/或下行数据信道是否占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE,确定该UT反馈的检测结果是否正确,也即是,该UT是否接收正确和/或是否进行了正确的速率匹配,从而根据该UT反馈的检测结果是否正确,对该UT进行进一步的调度和指示。网络设备可以通过不同的HARQ反馈资源信息识别出UT的接收情况,进而避免网络设备发送和UT接收之间出现不一致时,导致的信息传输持续失败的问题。The mapping relationship between the first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource may be: Determining the detection result of the UT feedback, and then determining whether the detection result of the UT feedback is related to whether the second DCI is actually sent to the UT before, and/or the downlink data channel occupies the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI. Whether the detection result of the UT feedback is correct, that is, whether the UT receives the correct and/or whether the correct rate matching is performed, so that the UT is further scheduled and instructed according to whether the detection result of the UT feedback is correct. The network device can identify the receiving condition of the UT through different HARQ feedback resource information, thereby avoiding the problem that the information transmission continues to fail when there is an inconsistency between the network device sending and the UT receiving.
进一步的,若该UT反馈的检测结果与网络设备发送的第二DCI或发 送下行数据信道占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE的情况不一致时,网络设备向该UT发送第一DCI或第二DCI,其中第一DCI或第二DCI中承载的NDI与调度该下行数据信道的DCI中的NDI不一致,第一DCI或第二DCI中承载的第一HARQ进程号与该DCI中的第一HARQ进程号相同。可以理解为,用于指示UT释放掉缓存器中第一HARQ进程号对应的之前数据的指示信息。网络设备可以通过指示释放缓存器中的内容,释放掉已已速率匹配错误的信息,从而解决避免信息传输持续失败的问题。Further, if the detection result of the UT feedback is related to the second DCI or the transmission sent by the network device When the condition that the downlink data channel occupies the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is inconsistent, the network device sends the first DCI or the second DCI to the UT, where the NDI carried in the first DCI or the second DCI and the downlink data are scheduled. The NDI in the DCI of the channel is inconsistent, and the first HARQ process ID carried in the first DCI or the second DCI is the same as the first HARQ process ID in the DCI. It can be understood that the indication information used to instruct the UT to release the previous data corresponding to the first HARQ process ID in the buffer. The network device can solve the problem of avoiding the continuous failure of the information transmission by instructing to release the content in the buffer and releasing the information of the rate matching error.
需要说明的是,网络设备根据步骤207-210确定UT的检测结果是否正确的方法适用于上述图5-图9中的任一个所示数据传输方法,上述图10所示的方法是以图6所述的方法为例进行说明。此外,上述步骤207网络设备向该UT发送HARQ反馈资源信息,以及该UT接收HARQ反馈资源信息的步骤208与上述步骤201-206无先后顺序,步骤207-208只需在步骤209-210之前即可,本发明实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the method for determining whether the detection result of the UT is correct according to the steps 207-210 is applicable to the data transmission method shown in any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 9. The method shown in FIG. 10 is as shown in FIG. The method described is described as an example. In addition, in the foregoing step 207, the network device sends the HARQ feedback resource information to the UT, and the step 208 of the UT receiving the HARQ feedback resource information and the foregoing steps 201-206 have no sequence, and the steps 207-208 need only be before the steps 209-210. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法,网络设备通过向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI,从而为该UT配置至少一个TTI上的信息传输,之后,网络设备通过向该UT第二DCI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:触发该UT发送信息,用于指示该UT接收信息,用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息,进一步的对该UT进行调度或变更调度信息,从而可以通过第一DCI中的调度信息和第二DCI,实现对该UT调度,利用第二DCI而不是使用全部调度信息或全部旧的调度信息,可以在减少控制信令开销的情况下,提高资源利用效率。同时网络设备通过指示发送的下行数据信道占用的RE是否包括第二DCI所在的RE,解决了速率匹配错误的问题,也节省了传输资源。A data transmission method is provided by the network device. The network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in the time window, and the time window. Include at least one transmission time interval TTI to configure information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, after which the network device passes the second DCI to the UT, the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the UT The sending information is used to indicate that the UT receives the information, and is used to update at least part of the information in the scheduling information, and further schedule or change the scheduling information of the UT, so that the scheduling information in the first DCI and the second DCI can be implemented. For the UT scheduling, using the second DCI instead of using all the scheduling information or all the old scheduling information, the resource utilization efficiency can be improved while reducing the control signaling overhead. At the same time, the network device solves the problem of rate matching error by indicating whether the RE occupied by the downlink data channel that is sent includes the RE where the second DCI is located, and also saves transmission resources.
图11为发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输方法的流程示意图,参见图11,该方法包括以下几个步骤。FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 11, the method includes the following steps.
步骤301:网络设备向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,该第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内的调度信息,该时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。 Step 301: The network device sends a first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information indicating that the UT is within a time window, and the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
进一步的,在网络设备向该用户终端UT发送第一DCI之前,网络设备还可以根据该UT在时间窗内的调度信息生成第一DCI。需要说明的是,网络设备生成第一DCI的方法与上一实施例中生成第一DCI的方法一致,具体参见上一实施例,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。Further, before the network device sends the first DCI to the user terminal UT, the network device may further generate the first DCI according to the scheduling information of the UT in the time window. It should be noted that the method for generating the first DCI by the network device is the same as the method for generating the first DCI in the previous embodiment. For details, refer to the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
步骤302:该UT接收第一下行控制信息DCI。Step 302: The UT receives the first downlink control information DCI.
需要说明的是,步骤301-302与上述是实施例中的步骤201-202一致,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the steps 301-302 are the same as the above-mentioned steps 201-202 in the embodiment, and the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
需要说明的,在本发明实施例中,第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,第一TTI可以由第一DCI指示。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the first TTI may be indicated by the first DCI.
步骤303:网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送控制指示信息,该控制指示信息用于指示第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI。其中,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:触发该UT发送信息,用于指示该UT接收信息,用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息。Step 303: The network device sends control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI. The second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the UT to send information, indicating that the UT receives information, and is used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
可选的,该控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;第二指示信息用于指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI。例如,如下表16所示,该控制指示信息包含1bit信息,该控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息。Value 0对应第一指示信息,Value 1对应第二指示信息;反之亦然。Optionally, the control indication information includes first indication information or second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the second TTI is sent on the second TTI. DCI. For example, as shown in the following Table 16, the control indication information includes 1-bit information, and the control indication information includes first indication information or second indication information. Value 0 corresponds to the first indication information, and Value 1 corresponds to the second indication information; and vice versa.
表16Table 16
控制指示信息Control instruction 第一指示信息或第二指示信息First indication information or second indication information
00 第一指示信息First indication
11 第二指示信息Second indication
可选的,控制指示信息被UT-ID或C-RNTI加扰。也即是,网络设备向UT发送该UT的控制指示信息,且发送的控制指示信息是第一指示信息或者第二指示信息中的一个。当存在多个UT时,网络设备需要向每个UT分别发送每个UT对应的控制指示信息。Optionally, the control indication information is scrambled by the UT-ID or the C-RNTI. That is, the network device sends the control indication information of the UT to the UT, and the sent control indication information is one of the first indication information or the second indication information. When there are multiple UTs, the network device needs to separately send control indication information corresponding to each UT to each UT.
进一步的,该控制指示信息还可以包含至少两个信息域,一个信息域对应一组UT,该UT为其中一组UT中的一个UT,一个信息域包含第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,第一指示信息,用于指示一个信息域对应的一组UT在第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;第二指示信息,用于指示一 个信息域对应的一组UT在第一TTI上发送第二DCI;也即是,网络设备在向UT发送控制指示信息时,该控制指示信息被UT组标识或组RNTI加扰,网络设备可以向一组UT发送该组UT的控制指示信息,且发送的控制指示可以同时包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,一组UT可以包含多个UT。当存在多组UT时,网络设备可以通过多个信息域与多组UT之间的对应关系,向多组UT发送控制指示信息,即可以完成对多组UT的发送,节省了控制指示信息的开销。该对应关系可以是预先定义,或者高层信令通知的,或者第一DCI指示的。例如该UT根据第一DCI或高层信令,确定该对应关系,即该UT属于第一组UT还是第二组UT,进一步若该UT接收到控制指示信息,根据控制指示信息和对应关系,确定接收到的是第一指示信息还是第二指示信息。这里可以是多个组,组数本发明不做限定,也就是说可以有第三组UT与第3bit信息域对应。例如,如下表17所示,该控制指示信息包含2bit信息,该控制指示信息包含至少两个信息域,一个信息域对应一组UT。Further, the control indication information may further include at least two information fields, where one information domain corresponds to a group of UTs, the UT is one UT of one of the UTs, and one information field includes first indication information or second indication information. The first indication information is used to indicate that a group of UTs corresponding to one information domain does not send the second DCI on the first TTI, and the second indication information is used to indicate one. A group of UTs corresponding to the information fields send the second DCI on the first TTI; that is, when the network device sends the control indication information to the UT, the control indication information is scrambled by the UT group identifier or the group RNTI, and the network device can The control indication information of the group UT is sent to a group of UTs, and the sent control indication may include both the first indication information and the second indication information, and the set of UTs may include multiple UTs. When there are multiple groups of UTs, the network device can send control indication information to multiple groups of UTs through the correspondence between multiple information fields and multiple groups of UTs, that is, the transmission of multiple groups of UTs can be completed, and the control indication information is saved. Overhead. The correspondence may be predefined, or reported by higher layer signaling, or indicated by the first DCI. For example, the UT determines the correspondence according to the first DCI or the high layer signaling, that is, whether the UT belongs to the first group UT or the second group UT, and further if the UT receives the control indication information, determining according to the control indication information and the correspondence relationship. What is received is the first indication information or the second indication information. Here, there may be a plurality of groups, and the number of groups is not limited in the present invention, that is, there may be a third group UT corresponding to the third bit information field. For example, as shown in Table 17 below, the control indication information includes 2-bit information, and the control indication information includes at least two information fields, and one information domain corresponds to a group of UTs.
表17Table 17
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000015
可选的,该控制指示信息包括第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息或第六指示信息。其中,第三指示信息,用于指示UT在第一TTI上未发送第二DCI,该UT接收到第一DCI,该UT根据第一DCI确定在第一TTI上的该UT的调度信息。进一步的,网络设备根据第一DCI在第一TTI上向该UT发送下行数据信道,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE; Optionally, the control indication information includes third indication information, fourth indication information, fifth indication information, or sixth indication information. The third indication information is used to indicate that the UT does not send the second DCI on the first TTI, and the UT receives the first DCI, and the UT determines the scheduling information of the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI. Further, the network device sends a downlink data channel to the UT according to the first DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located;
第四指示信息,用于指示UT在第一TTI上发送第二DCI,该UT接收到第一DCI,该UT根据第一DCI确定在第一TTI上的该UT的调度信息。进一步的,网络设备根据第一DCI和第二DCI在第一TTI上向该UT发送下行数据信道,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;The fourth indication information is used to indicate that the UT sends the second DCI on the first TTI, and the UT receives the first DCI, and the UT determines scheduling information of the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI. Further, the network device sends a downlink data channel to the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI and the second DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located;
第五指示信息,用于指示UT在第一TTI上发送第二DCI,该UT未接收到第一DCI或该UT根据第一DCI确定在第一TTI上没有该UT的调度信息。进一步的,网络设备根据第二DCI在第一TTI上向该UT发送下行数据信道,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;The fifth indication information is used to instruct the UT to send the second DCI on the first TTI, the UT does not receive the first DCI, or the UT determines, according to the first DCI, that the UT does not have the scheduling information on the first TTI. Further, the network device sends a downlink data channel to the UT according to the second DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located;
第六指示信息,用于指示所有UT在第一TTI上不存在第二DCI。The sixth indication information is used to indicate that all UTs do not have a second DCI on the first TTI.
示例的,如下表18所示,控制指示信息包含2bits信息,该控制指示信息包括第三指示信息、或第四指示信息、或第五指示信息、或第六指示信息的至少之一。若控制指示信息同时包括第三指示信息到第六指示信息,Value 00对应第三指示信息,Value 01对应第四指示信息,Value 10对应第三指示信息,Value 11对应第四指示信息。这里对取值和指示信息的对应关系或表格可以是预先定义或者高层信令通知的,这里不做限制,即如高层信令通知,那么根据高层信令指示的Value 00可以对应第五指示信息,而不是对应第三指示信息。For example, as shown in the following Table 18, the control indication information includes 2 bits of information, and the control indication information includes at least one of the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, or the fifth indication information, or the sixth indication information. If the control indication information includes the third indication information to the sixth indication information, the Value 00 corresponds to the third indication information, the Value 01 corresponds to the fourth indication information, the Value 10 corresponds to the third indication information, and the Value 11 corresponds to the fourth indication information. The corresponding relationship or the table of the value and the indication information may be pre-defined or high-level signaling, and is not limited here, that is, as the high-level signaling notification, the value 00 according to the high-level signaling may correspond to the fifth indication information. Instead of the third indication.
表18Table 18
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2016078176-appb-000016
需要说明的是,步骤303中的第二DCI与上述实施例步骤205a中的第二DCI一致,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。 It should be noted that the second DCI in the step 303 is the same as the second DCI in the step 205a of the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
步骤304:该UT在第一TTI上接收控制指示信息。Step 304: The UT receives control indication information on the first TTI.
需要说明的是,步骤304中的控制指示信息与上述步骤303中的控制指示信息一致,本发明实施例在此不再阐述。It should be noted that the control indication information in step 304 is consistent with the control indication information in step 303 above, and the embodiment of the present invention is not described herein.
可选的,该控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息时,网络设备在发送控制指示信息时,向每个UT发送一次控制指示信息,且发送的控制指示信息是第一指示信息或者第二指示信息中的一个。当存在多个UT时,网络设备需要向每个UT分别发送每个UT对应的控制指示信息。Optionally, when the control indication information includes the first indication information or the second indication information, the network device sends the control indication information to each UT when the control indication information is sent, and the sent control indication information is the first indication information. Or one of the second indication information. When there are multiple UTs, the network device needs to separately send control indication information corresponding to each UT to each UT.
进一步的,该控制指示信息还可以包含至少两个信息域,一个信息域对应一组UT,该UT为其中一组UT中的一个UT,一个信息域包含第一指示信息或第二指示信息;也即是,网络设备可以向一组UT发送该组UT的控制指示信息,且发送的控制指示可以同时包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,一组UT可以包含多个UT。当存在多组UT时,网络设备可以通过多个信息域与多组UT之间的对应关系,向多组UT发送控制指示信息,即可以完成对多组UT的发送,节省了控制指示信息的开销。该对应关系可以是预先定义,或者高层信令通知的,或者第一DCI指示的。例如该UT根据第一DCI或高层信令,确定该对应关系,即该UT属于第一组UT还是第二组UT,进一步若该UT接收到控制指示信息,根据控制指示信息和对应关系,确定接收到的是第一指示信息还是第二指示信息。这里可以是多个组,组数本发明不做限定,也就是说可以有第三组UT与第3bit信息域对应。Further, the control indication information may further include at least two information fields, one information domain corresponding to a group of UTs, the UT being one UT of one group of UTs, and one information field containing first indication information or second indication information; That is, the network device may send control indication information of the group of UTs to a group of UTs, and the sent control indication may include both the first indication information and the second indication information, and the set of UTs may include multiple UTs. When there are multiple groups of UTs, the network device can send control indication information to multiple groups of UTs through the correspondence between multiple information fields and multiple groups of UTs, that is, the transmission of multiple groups of UTs can be completed, and the control indication information is saved. Overhead. The correspondence may be predefined, or reported by higher layer signaling, or indicated by the first DCI. For example, the UT determines the correspondence according to the first DCI or the high layer signaling, that is, whether the UT belongs to the first group UT or the second group UT, and further if the UT receives the control indication information, determining according to the control indication information and the correspondence relationship. What is received is the first indication information or the second indication information. Here, there may be a plurality of groups, and the number of groups is not limited in the present invention, that is, there may be a third group UT corresponding to the third bit information field.
需要说明的是,无论该控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,还是包含至少两个信息域,一个信息域对应一组UT,一个信息域包含第一指示信息或第二指示信息,对于该UT来说,该UT接收到的控制指示信息只能是第一指示信息或者第二指示信息。It should be noted that, regardless of whether the control indication information includes the first indication information or the second indication information, or includes at least two information fields, one information field corresponds to a group of UTs, and one information field includes first indication information or second indication information. For the UT, the control indication information received by the UT can only be the first indication information or the second indication information.
进一步的,由于该控制指示信息可以包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,而第一指示信息用于指示第一TTI上未发送第二DCI,第二指示信息指示第一TTI上发送,根据不同的控制指示信息,后续的执行步骤也是不同的,因此,下面分别对该控制指示信息为第一指示信息以及该控制指示信息为第二指示信息进行阐述。Further, the control indication information may include the first indication information and the second indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, and the second indication information is sent on the first TTI, according to Different control indication information, the subsequent execution steps are also different. Therefore, the following is respectively described that the control indication information is the first indication information and the control indication information is the second indication information.
第一、该控制指示信息为第一指示信息,也即是,指示第一TTI上未 发送第二DCI,执行步骤305A-306A。First, the control indication information is the first indication information, that is, indicating that the first TTI is not Send the second DCI and perform steps 305A-306A.
步骤305A:当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上未发送第二DCI时,网络设备根据第一DCI,接收该UT发送的信息或在第一TTI上向该UT发送下行数据信道。Step 305A: When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, the network device receives the information sent by the UT according to the first DCI or sends a downlink data channel to the UT on the first TTI.
步骤306A:当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上未发送第二DCI时,该UT根据第一DCI,向网络设备发送信息或在第一TTI上接收网络设备发送的下行数据信道。Step 306A: When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, the UT sends information to the network device according to the first DCI or receives the downlink data channel sent by the network device on the first TTI.
第二、该控制指示信息为第二指示信息,也即是,指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI,则执行步骤305B-306B。Second, the control indication information is the second indication information, that is, indicating that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, and then steps 305B-306B are performed.
步骤305B:当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI时,网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI,以及根据第一DCI和第二DCI,接收该UT发送的信息或在第一TTI上向该UT发送下行数据信道。Step 305B: When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, and receives the information sent by the UT according to the first DCI and the second DCI. A downlink data channel is transmitted to the UT on the first TTI.
进一步的,当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI时,在网络设备在第一TTI上向该UT发送第二DCI之前,该方法还包括:网络设备生成第二DCI。需要说明的是,网络设备生成第二DCI的方法与上一实施例中生成第二DCI的方法一致,具体参见上一实施例,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。Further, when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, before the network device sends the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the method further includes: the network device generating the second DCI. It should be noted that the method for generating the second DCI by the network device is the same as the method for generating the second DCI in the previous embodiment. For details, refer to the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,第二DCI的时频资源可以事先进行设定,且该一个CCE所占频域资源包括36个子载或9个子载波的整数倍,CCE聚合等级可以为1、2、4、8或者其他值,比如,一个CCE所占频域资源包括36个子载,第二DCI时频资源所占的CCE聚合等级为2,则该CCE对应时频资源为72个子载波,这些子载波的位置可以是连续的或者间隔的,对于CCE聚合等级或具体位置,可以是控制指示信息指示的,第一DCI指示的,或高层信令定义的,或预定义的。例如第一DCI包含第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,则UT根据第一DCI,确定第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级。It should be noted that the time-frequency resource of the second DCI may be set in advance, and the frequency domain resource occupied by the one CCE includes an integer multiple of 36 subcarriers or 9 subcarriers, and the CCE aggregation level may be 1, 2, 4, 8 or other values, for example, a CCE occupies a frequency domain resource of 36 subcarriers, and a second DCI time-frequency resource occupies a CCE aggregation level of 2, and the CCE corresponding time-frequency resource is 72 subcarriers, and the subcarriers of the CCE are The location may be continuous or intermittent. For the CCE aggregation level or specific location, it may be indicated by the control indication information, indicated by the first DCI, or defined by the higher layer signaling, or predefined. For example, if the first DCI includes the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, the UT determines the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI according to the first DCI.
步骤306B:当控制指示信息指示第一TTI上发送第二DCI时,该UT在第一TTI上接收第二DCI,以及根据第一DCI和第二DCI,发送信息或在第一TTI上接收下行数据信道。Step 306B: When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, the UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI, and sends information according to the first DCI and the second DCI or receives the downlink on the first TTI. Data channel.
可选的,若该控制指示信息包括第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五 指示信息或第六指示信息,由于不同的控制指示信息,对应的后续的执行步骤是不同的,因此,下面分别对该控制指示信息为第三指示信息、第四指示信息、第五指示信息或第六指示信息进行阐述。Optionally, if the control indication information includes the third indication information, the fourth indication information, and the fifth The indication information or the sixth indication information, the corresponding subsequent execution steps are different due to different control indication information, and therefore, the control indication information is the third indication information, the fourth indication information, the fifth indication information or The sixth indication information is explained.
当该控制指示信息为第三指示信息时,则当该UT在接收到第三指示信息时,确定第一TTI上未发送第二DCI,无需在第一TTI上对第二DCI进行检测,该UT在接收到第一DCI后,根据第一DCI确定在第一TTI上的该UT的调度信息,并根据该UT的调度信息进行信息传输。进一步的,若网络设备根据第一DCI在第一TTI上向该UT发送下行数据信道,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE时,则该UT在对下行数据信道进行速率匹配时,匹配的下行数据信道占用的RE包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE,也即是,在速率匹配时不对第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE进行打孔;When the control indication information is the third indication information, when the UT receives the third indication information, it is determined that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, and the second DCI does not need to be detected on the first TTI. After receiving the first DCI, the UT determines scheduling information of the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI, and performs information transmission according to the scheduling information of the UT. Further, if the network device sends the downlink data channel to the UT according to the first DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, the UT is in the downlink. When the data channel is rate matched, the RE of the matched downlink data channel includes the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI, that is, the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource is not punctured when the rate is matched;
当该控制指示信息为第四指示信息时,则该UT在接收到该第四指示信息时,确定第一TTI上发送了第二DCI,需要在第一TTI上对第二DCI进行检测,该UT接收到第一DCI后,根据第一DCI确定在第一TTI上的该UT的调度信息,并根据该UT的调度信息进行信息传输。进一步的,若网络设备根据第一DCI和第二DCI在第一TTI上向该UT发送下行数据信道,下行数据信道占用的RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE时,则该UT在对下行数据信道进行速率匹配时,匹配的下行数据信道占用的RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE,也即是,在速率匹配时对第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE进行打孔;When the control indication information is the fourth indication information, when the UT receives the fourth indication information, it is determined that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, and the second DCI needs to be detected on the first TTI. After receiving the first DCI, the UT determines scheduling information of the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI, and performs information transmission according to the scheduling information of the UT. Further, if the network device sends a downlink data channel to the UT according to the first DCI and the second DCI, and the RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, the UT When rate matching is performed on the downlink data channel, the RE occupied by the matched downlink data channel does not include the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI is located, that is, the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI when the rate is matched. Punch
当该控制指示信息为第五指示信息时,则该UT在接收到该第五指示信息时,确定第一TTI上发送了第二DCI,需要在第一TTI上对第二DCI进行检测;其中,该UT未接收到第一DCI或该UT根据第一DCI确定在第一TTI上没有该UT的调度信息。进一步的,若网络设备根据第二DCI在第一TTI上向该UT发送下行数据信道,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE,则该UT在对下行数据信道进行速率匹配时,匹配的下行数据信道占用的RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE,也即是,在速率匹配时对第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE进行打孔; When the control indication information is the fifth indication information, when the UT receives the fifth indication information, it determines that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, and the second DCI needs to be detected on the first TTI; The UT does not receive the first DCI or the UT determines that there is no scheduling information for the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI. Further, if the network device sends the downlink data channel to the UT according to the second DCI, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource, the UT is in the downlink. When the data channel performs rate matching, the RE occupied by the matched downlink data channel does not include the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource, that is, the RE of the second DCI time-frequency resource is punctured at the time of rate matching. ;
当该控制指示信息为第六指示信息时,则该UT在接收到该第六指示信息时,确定在第一TTI中不存在第二DCI,也即是,该UT无需对第一TTI进行检测。When the control indication information is the sixth indication information, the UT determines that the second DCI does not exist in the first TTI when the sixth indication information is received, that is, the UT does not need to detect the first TTI. .
可选的,调度信息包括用于触发发送初传的信息或用于指示接收初传的信息;和/或,第二DCI用于触发发送信息或用于指示接收信息,包括:第二DCI用来触发发送重传的信息或用于指示接收重传的信息。具体的,所述调度信息包含用于:触发发送初传的信息,第二DCI用于触发发送信息包括:第二DCI用来触发发送重传的信息。调度信息包含用于:指示接收发送的初传的信息,第二DCI用于指示接收信息包括:或用来指示接收发送的重传的信息。Optionally, the scheduling information includes information used to trigger the sending of the initial transmission or information used to indicate the initial transmission; and/or the second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the information or to indicate the received information, including: for the second DCI. To trigger the transmission of retransmission information or to indicate the reception of retransmission information. Specifically, the scheduling information includes: information used to trigger the sending of the initial transmission, where the second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the information, where the second DCI is used to trigger the sending of the retransmission information. The scheduling information includes: information indicating that the initial transmission of the transmission is received, and the second DCI is used to indicate that the received information includes: or information used to indicate that the retransmission of the transmission is received.
其中,在第一HARQ进程号,触发发送信息的前一次发送信息或指示接收信息的前一次接收信息称为第一次信息传输,在相同的第一HARQ进程号,触发发送信息或指示接收信息称为第二次信息传输。当第二次信息传输对应的调度信息中的新数据指示(New data indicator,NDI)与第一次信息传输对应的调度信息中的NDI不一致时,该第二次信息传输为初传的信息;当第二次信息传输对应的调度信息中的NDI与第一次信息传输对应的调度指示信息中的NDI一致时,该第二次信息传输为重传的信息。若不存在第一次信息传输,则第二次信息传输一定为初传的信息。本发明对于指示重传和初传的信息并不限定,即可以是NDI,也可以是其他方式。Wherein, in the first HARQ process ID, the previous transmission information that triggers the transmission of the information or the previous reception information that indicates the received information is referred to as the first information transmission, and the same first HARQ process number triggers the transmission of the information or the indication of the received information. It is called the second information transmission. When the new data indicator (NDI) in the scheduling information corresponding to the second information transmission is inconsistent with the NDI in the scheduling information corresponding to the first information transmission, the second information transmission is the initial information; When the NDI in the scheduling information corresponding to the second information transmission is consistent with the NDI in the scheduling indication information corresponding to the first information transmission, the second information transmission is retransmitted information. If there is no first information transmission, the second information transmission must be the initial information. The present invention is not limited to information indicating retransmission and initial transmission, that is, it may be NDI, or may be other methods.
可选的,接收第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧内的下行控制信道区域接收所述第一DCI,所述下行控制信道区域位于该一个子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,所述第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。可以理解的,只在控制区域control region上接收第一DCI,和/或,只在更短TTI上接收第二DCI。Optionally, receiving the first DCI, including: receiving the first DCI in a downlink control channel region in a subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the one subframe; and Or, the length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms. It can be understood that the first DCI is only received on the control region control region, and/or the second DCI is only received on the shorter TTI.
进一步的,参见图12,在步骤301之前,该方法还包括:Further, referring to FIG. 12, before step 301, the method further includes:
步骤307:网络设备向该UT发送第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于指示在第一TTI上向该UT不发送控制指示信息,或用于指示在第一TTI上向该UT发送控制指示信息。Step 307: The network device sends second configuration information to the UT, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control is sent to the UT on the first TTI. Instructions.
需要说明的是,步骤307与上述实施例步骤203中的第一配置信息类似,但不同的是,上述实施例步骤203中第一调度模式用于指示接收第一 DCI,第二调度模式用于指示接收第一DCI和第二DCI;而步骤307中的用于指示在第一TTI上不发送控制指示信息,或用于指示在第一TTI上发送控制指示信息。It should be noted that step 307 is similar to the first configuration information in step 203 of the foregoing embodiment, but the first scheduling mode in step 203 of the foregoing embodiment is used to indicate that the first configuration is received. a DCI, the second scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI and the second DCI are received; and the step 307 is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent on the first TTI. .
步骤308:该UT接收第二配置信息。Step 308: The UT receives the second configuration information.
需要说明的是,步骤308中的第二配置信息与上述步骤307中的第二配置信息一致,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the second configuration information in the step 308 is the same as the second configuration information in the foregoing step 307, and details are not described herein again.
进一步的,在本发明实施例中,在基于步骤301-208所述的方法实现网络设备和UT之间的数据传输时,该第一DCI还可以包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。Further, in the embodiment of the present invention, when data transmission between the network device and the UT is implemented according to the method described in steps 301-208, the first DCI may further include information for indicating a TTI length.
其中,TTI长度的信息具体为TTI的时间长度时,可以用于指示不同的TTI长度,具体如下所述。The information about the length of the TTI may be used to indicate different TTI lengths, as described below.
一种TTI长度,一种TTI长度为时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度:或者,A TTI length, a TTI length is the length of time of the TTI contained in the time window: or,
至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;或,At least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window, where the TTI length has a correspondence relationship with the location information of the TTI included in the time window; or
至少一种TTI长度,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系,所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息为预先定义或高层信令通知的;和/或,At least one TTI length, the TTI length is corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window, and the location information of the TTI included in the time window is pre-defined or high-level signaling; and/or
至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道、下行数据信道、上行控制信道、下行控制信道中的至少一种。The length of time at which the physical channel is located, the physical channel including at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的TTI长度的信息与上述实施例的TTI长度的信息(1)-(5)一致,具体参见上述实施例中TTI长度的信息(1)-(5)所述,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the TTI length information in the embodiment of the present invention is consistent with the TTI length information (1)-(5) in the foregoing embodiment. For details, refer to the TTI length information (1)-(5) in the foregoing embodiment. The embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
进一步的,当网络设备在时间窗包含的第一TTI中向该UT发送第二DCI,则下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源的RE;当网络设备在时间窗包含的第一TTI中向该UT未发送第二DCI,则下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在第一TTI上的第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE。 Further, when the network device sends the second DCI to the UT in the first TTI included in the time window, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; when the network device is in the time window In the first TTI that is included, the second DCI is not sent to the UT, and the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located.
相应的,当该UT在时间窗包含的第一TTI上接收到第二DCI时,则确定下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括第二DCI的时频资源的RE;当该UT在时间窗包含的第一TTI未接收到第二DCI或根据控制指示信息确定在时间窗包含的第一TTI未发送第二DCI时,则确定下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在第一TTI上的第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE。Correspondingly, when the UT receives the second DCI on the first TTI included in the time window, it is determined that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; when the UT is in the time window If the included first TTI does not receive the second DCI or determines, according to the control indication information, that the first TTI included in the time window does not send the second DCI, determining that the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes, on the first TTI The RE of the second DCI with the time-frequency resource.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE和第二DCI的时频资源的RE,与上一实施例中下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE和第二DCI的时频资源的RE一致,具体参见上一实施例中的描述,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel and the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI are compared with the time-frequency of the resource element RE and the second DCI occupied by the downlink data channel in the previous embodiment. The REs of the resources are consistent. For details, refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
进一步的,第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:第二DCI占用的RE,第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,第二DCI的格式。可选的,本实施例中的控制指示信息也可以用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:第二DCI占用的RE,第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,第二DCI的格式,本发明实施例对此不作限定。网络设备通过第一DCI指示的以下中至少一个:第二DCI占用的RE、第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量、第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级、第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数和第二DCI的格式,可以减小UT对第二DCI的盲检测次数。需要说明的是,本实施例中的第二DCI占用的RE、第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量、第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级、第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数以及第二DCI的格式,与上一实施例中的第二DCI占用的RE、第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量、第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级、第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数以及第二DCI的格式一致,具体参见上一实施例中的描述,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。Further, the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, a CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and a second DCI corresponding The number of REs occupied by the CCE, the format of the second DCI. Optionally, the control indication information in this embodiment may also be used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, and a CCE corresponding to the second DCI. The aggregation level, the number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI, and the format of the second DCI are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. At least one of the following: the RE of the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and the RE occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI. The number and the format of the second DCI can reduce the number of blind detections of the second DCI by the UT. It should be noted that, in the embodiment, the RE occupied by the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and the number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI, and the number The format of the second DCI, the number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI occupied by the second DCI in the previous embodiment, the CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI, and the number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI The format of the second DCI is the same. For details, refer to the description in the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
进一步的,参见图13,该方法还包括:Further, referring to FIG. 13, the method further includes:
步骤309:网络设备向该UT发送HARQ反馈资源信息,该HARQ反馈资源信息包括第一HARQ反馈资源和第二HARQ反馈资源。Step 309: The network device sends HARQ feedback resource information to the UT, where the HARQ feedback resource information includes a first HARQ feedback resource and a second HARQ feedback resource.
步骤310:该UT接收HARQ反馈资源信息。 Step 310: The UT receives HARQ feedback resource information.
步骤311:该UT根据检测结果和对应关系,确定与检测结果对应的HARQ反馈资源信息,并发送给网络设备。Step 311: The UT determines HARQ feedback resource information corresponding to the detection result according to the detection result and the corresponding relationship, and sends the information to the network device.
其中,对应关系包括检测结果与第一HARQ反馈资源和第二HARQ反馈资源的映射关系,检测结果包括是否检测到第二DCI,和/或接收的下行数据信道是否占用第二DCI的时频资源的RE。The mapping relationship includes a mapping relationship between the detection result and the first HARQ feedback resource and the second HARQ feedback resource, where the detection result includes whether the second DCI is detected, and/or whether the received downlink data channel occupies the time-frequency resource of the second DCI. RE.
步骤312:网络设备接收HARQ反馈信息,根据HARQ反馈资源信息和对应关系,确定该UT的检测结果。Step 312: The network device receives the HARQ feedback information, and determines the detection result of the UT according to the HARQ feedback resource information and the corresponding relationship.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的步骤309-312与上一实施例中的步骤207-210一致,具体描述参见上一实施例的描述,本发明实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the steps 309-312 in this embodiment are consistent with the steps 207-210 in the previous embodiment. For details, refer to the description of the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
进一步的,在本实施例和上一实施例中,实施例所述的第一DCI、第一TTI和第二DCI之间的关系如图14所示,在物理资源块PRB上的水平方向上为时域资源,在时域上表现为符号,即TTI,若为普通循环前缀则包括14个符号,若为扩展循环前缀则包括12个符号;在垂直方向上为频域资源,包括12个子载波,一个子载波可为一个资源元素RE。Further, in this embodiment and the previous embodiment, the relationship between the first DCI, the first TTI, and the second DCI described in the embodiment is as shown in FIG. 14 in the horizontal direction on the physical resource block PRB. For the time domain resource, it is represented as a symbol in the time domain, that is, TTI. If it is a normal cyclic prefix, it includes 14 symbols. If it is an extended cyclic prefix, it includes 12 symbols. In the vertical direction, it is a frequency domain resource, including 12 sub-bands. Carrier, one subcarrier can be one resource element RE.
如图15所示,为一个物理资源块PRB上的控制指示信息和第二DCI的分布图,且PRB在时域上包括14个符号,频域上为12个子载波,每个TTI的长度均为2个符号。其中,标号为I的RE表示的是控制区域,即第一DCI所在的区域;标号为II的RE表示的是小区参考信号所在的区域;标号为III的RE表示的是控制指示信息所在的区域;标号为IV的RE表示的是第二DCI所在的RE;标号为V的RE表示的是数据区域。图中每个符号上都发送控制指示信息,即每个符号上都发送标号为III的RE,但不是每个TTI上都存在第二DCI,即不是每2个符号上都发送第二DCI。可选的,在每个TTI上都发送第二DCI,即每2个符号上都发送第二DCI。As shown in FIG. 15, the control indication information and the second DCI distribution map on one physical resource block PRB, and the PRB includes 14 symbols in the time domain and 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and the length of each TTI is For 2 symbols. Wherein, the RE with the label I indicates the control region, that is, the region where the first DCI is located; the RE with the label II indicates the region where the cell reference signal is located; and the RE with the label III indicates the region where the control indication information is located. The RE labeled IV indicates the RE where the second DCI is located; the RE labeled V indicates the data region. Control indication information is sent on each symbol in the figure, that is, the RE of the symbol III is transmitted on each symbol, but not the second DCI exists on each TTI, that is, the second DCI is not transmitted every 2 symbols. Optionally, the second DCI is sent on each TTI, that is, the second DCI is sent every 2 symbols.
如图16所示,为一个物理资源块PRB上没有控制指示信息,只包括第二DCI的分布图,每个TTI的长度均为2个符号。其中,标号为I的RE表示的是控制区域,即第一DCI所在的区域;标号为II的RE表示的是小区参考信号所在的区域;标号为IV的RE表示的是第二DCI所在的RE;标号为V的RE表示的是数据区域。图中,每个TTI上都发送第二 DCI,即每2个符号上都发送第二DCI。As shown in FIG. 16, there is no control indication information on one physical resource block PRB, and only a distribution map of the second DCI is included, and each TTI has a length of 2 symbols. The RE with the label I indicates the control region, that is, the region where the first DCI is located; the RE with the label II indicates the region where the cell reference signal is located; the RE labeled IV indicates the RE where the second DCI is located. The RE labeled V indicates the data area. In the figure, the second is sent on each TTI. The DCI, that is, the second DCI is transmitted every 2 symbols.
本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法,网络设备通过向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI,从而为该UT配置至少一个TTI上的信息传输,之后,网络设备通过向该UT发送第二DCI,第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:触发该UT发送信息,用于指示该UT接收信息,用于更新调度信息中的至少一部分信息,从而可以通过第一DCI中的调度信息和第二DCI,实现对该UT调度,利用第二DCI而不是使用全部调度信息或全部旧的调度信息,可以在减少控制信令开销的情况下,提高资源利用效率。同时网络设备通过指示发送的下行数据信道占用的RE是否包括第二DCI所在的RE,解决了速率匹配错误的问题,也节省了传输资源。A data transmission method is provided by the network device. The network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in the time window, and the time window. Include at least one transmission time interval TTI to configure information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, after which the network device sends a second DCI to the UT, the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions: triggering the The UT sends information for instructing the UT to receive information for updating at least a part of the information in the scheduling information, so that the scheduling of the UT can be implemented by using the scheduling information in the first DCI and the second DCI, using the second DCI instead of Using all scheduling information or all old scheduling information can improve resource utilization efficiency while reducing control signaling overhead. At the same time, the network device solves the problem of rate matching error by indicating whether the RE occupied by the downlink data channel that is sent includes the RE where the second DCI is located, and also saves transmission resources.
图17为本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图,参见图17,该网络设备包括:FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 17, the network device includes:
发送单元401,用于向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI包括用于指示所述UT在时间窗内的调度信息,所述时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。The sending unit 401 is configured to send, to the user terminal UT, first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT is within a time window, where the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI .
其中,该至少一个TTI的个数为N,网络设备向该UT发送用于指示该UT在N个TTI所组成的时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,是指网络设备将N个TTI上信息传输的调度信息一次性的发送给该UT,而无需对于N个TTI中的每个TTI都发送这些调度信息,当然,网络设备在信息传输过程中,还可以对该N个TTI中的每个TTI上预设的信息传输进行更变。另外,该时间窗包含该至少一个TTI之间可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的。The number of the at least one TTI is N, and the network device sends, to the UT, scheduling information indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window formed by the N TTIs, where the network device uses N TTI information. The transmitted scheduling information is sent to the UT at one time without transmitting the scheduling information for each TTI of the N TTIs. Of course, the network device may also perform each of the N TTIs during the information transmission process. The preset information transmission on the TTI is changed. In addition, the time window includes that the at least one TTI may be continuous or discontinuous.
可选的,发送单元401,还用于向所述UT发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;Optionally, the sending unit 401 is further configured to send, to the UT, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
其中,第一调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI;The first scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI.
可选的,发送单元401,还用于向所述UT发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式;Optionally, the sending unit 401 is further configured to send, to the UT, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode;
其中,所述第二调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI和第二 DCI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI and the second DCI, the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
需要说明的是,该第一配置信息可以是承载在网络设备发送控制信道上,如第一DCI中,或者可以是承载在高层信令上,如RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令中,或者可以是预先定义的。It should be noted that the first configuration information may be carried on a network device sending control channel, such as in a first DCI, or may be carried on a high layer signaling, such as RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling. Medium, or it can be pre-defined.
可选的,在发送单元401发送第一DCI之后,发送单元401还用于在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Optionally, after the sending unit 401 sends the first DCI, the sending unit 401 is further configured to send the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is in the at least one TTI included in the time window. One of the TTIs.
可选的,发送单元401,还用于当所述第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Optionally, the sending unit 401 is further configured to: when the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, send a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is the time The window contains one of the at least one TTI.
可选的,发送单元401,还用于在第一TTI上向所述UT发送控制指示信息,所述控制指示信息用于指示所述第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:Optionally, the sending unit 401 is further configured to send control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the first TTI is Is one of the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
也即是,第二DCI可以用于单独触发该UT发送信息,或者单独用于指示该UT接收信息,或者单独用于更新调度信息中的至少一种信息,也可以同时用于触发该UT发送信息、用于指示该UT接收信息和用于更新调度信息中的至少一种信息,又或者是用于触发上述三者之中的任意两个。That is, the second DCI may be used to separately trigger the UT to send information, or separately used to indicate that the UT receives information, or used to update at least one of the scheduling information, or may be used to trigger the UT to be sent at the same time. The information, used to indicate at least one of the UT receiving information and the updated scheduling information, or used to trigger any two of the above.
在本发明的另一实施例中,发送单元401,还用于当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI时,在所述第一TTI中的时频资源上向所述UT发送所述第二DCI,根据所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI,接收所述UT发送的信息或在所述第一TTI上向所述UT发送信息;In another embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 401 is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, on a time-frequency resource in the first TTI Transmitting the second DCI to the UT, receiving information sent by the UT according to the first DCI and the second DCI, or sending information to the UT on the first TTI;
发送单元,还用于当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI时,根据所述第一DCI,接收所述UT发送的信息或在所述第 一TTI上向所述UT发送信息。The sending unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, receive information sent by the UT according to the first DCI or Information is sent to the UT on a TTI.
可选的,所述控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,Optionally, the control indication information includes first indication information or second indication information, where
第一指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
第二指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上发送第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
可选的,发送单元401,还用于向所述UT发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示在所述第一TTI上向所述UT不发送所述控制指示信息,或用于指示在所述第一TTI上向所述UT发送所述控制指示信息。Optionally, the sending unit 401 is further configured to send, to the UT, second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or And configured to send the control indication information to the UT on the first TTI.
可选的,所述第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。Optionally, the first DCI further includes information for indicating a length of the TTI.
可选的,所述TTI长度的信息用于指示:Optionally, the information about the length of the TTI is used to indicate:
一种TTI长度,所述一种TTI长度为所述时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window, the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or
至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道,下行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The time length of the at least one physical channel, where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
可选的,当在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括所述第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,Optionally, when the second DCI is sent to the UT on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
当在第一TTI中向所述UT未发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在所述第一TTI上的所述第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not sent to the UT in the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
其中,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上向所述UT发送的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information sent to the UT on the first TTI.
可选的,所述第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:第二DCI占用的RE,第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,第二DCI的格式。Optionally, the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, and a CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI. The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI, and the format of the second DCI.
可选的,所述调度信息包括用于触发所述UT发送初传的信息或用于指示所述UT接收初传的信息;和/或,Optionally, the scheduling information includes information used to trigger the UT to send an initial transmission or information used to instruct the UT to receive an initial transmission; and/or,
所述第二DCI用于触发所述UT发送信息或用于指示所述UT接收信 息,包括:所述第二DCI用来触发所述UT发送重传的信息或用于指示所述UT接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to instruct the UT to receive a message. The information includes: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives retransmission information.
可选的,发送单元401,用于所述向UT发送第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧内的下行控制信道区域向所述UT发送所述第一DCI,所述下行控制信道区域位于该一个子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,Optionally, the sending unit 401 is configured to send the first DCI to the UT, including: sending the first DCI to the UT in a downlink control channel region in one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located The first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of a sub-frame; and/or,
所述第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
可选的,参见图18,该网络设备还包括:Optionally, referring to FIG. 18, the network device further includes:
接收单元402,用于接收所述UT发送的第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示该UT具有接收第二DCI的能力或者用于指示该UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力。The receiving unit 402 is configured to receive first notification information that is sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information.
可选的,参见图19,该网络设备还包括:Optionally, referring to FIG. 19, the network device further includes:
处理单元403,用于根据所述UT在时间窗内的调度信息生成所述第一DCI。The processing unit 403 is configured to generate the first DCI according to scheduling information of the UT in a time window.
可选的,处理单元403,还用于生成所述第二DCI。Optionally, the processing unit 403 is further configured to generate the second DCI.
本发明的实施例提供的一种网络设备,网络设备通过向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI,从而为该UT配置至少一个TTI上的信息传输,以使用户终端在接收到该第一DCI时,用户终端可以根据第一DCI包括的调度信息进行信息传输,从而网络设备无需在每个TTI都发送一次调度信息,节省了传输资源,同时也减小了下行的吞吐量,提高了数据传输的速率。A network device is provided by the network device, where the network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window, and the time window Include at least one transmission time interval TTI, so as to configure information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, so that when the user terminal receives the first DCI, the user terminal may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, thereby The network device does not need to send scheduling information once per TTI, which saves transmission resources, and also reduces downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
图20为本发明实施例提供的一种用户终端的结构示意图,参见图20,该用户终端包括:FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 20, the user terminal includes:
接收单元501,用于接收第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI包括用于指示在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,所述时间窗包括至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。The receiving unit 501 is configured to receive first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating information transmission in a time window, where the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
可选的,接收单元501,还用于接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;Optionally, the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
其中,第一调度模式用于指示接收所述第一DCI。The first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI is received.
可选的,接收单元501,还用于接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信 息用于配置第二调度模式;Optionally, the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is Information is used to configure the second scheduling mode;
其中,所述第二调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI和第二DCI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
可选的,在接收单元501接收第一DCI之后,接收单元501,还用于在第一TTI上接收所述第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Optionally, after the receiving unit 501 receives the first DCI, the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive the second DCI on the first TTI, where the first TTI is in the at least one TTI included in the time window. A TTI.
可选的,接收单元501,还用于当所述配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上接收所述第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Optionally, the receiving unit 501 is further configured to: when the configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, receive the second DCI on the first TTI, where the first TTI is at least the time window includes A TTI in a TTI.
在本发明的另一实施例中,接收单元501,还用于在第一TTI上接收控制指示信息,所述控制指示信息用于指示所述第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:In another embodiment of the present invention, the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive control indication information on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the A TTI is one of at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
可选的,接收单元501,还用于当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI时,在所述第一TTI上接收所述第二DCI,根据所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI,发送信息或在所述第一TTI上接收信息;Optionally, the receiving unit 501 is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, receive the second DCI on the first TTI, according to the a DCI and the second DCI, transmitting information or receiving information on the first TTI;
所述接收单元501,还用于当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI时,根据所述第一DCI,发送信息或在所述第一TTI上接收信息。The receiving unit 501 is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, send information according to the first DCI, or receive information on the first TTI. .
可选的,所述控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,Optionally, the control indication information includes first indication information or second indication information, where
第一指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
第二指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
可选的,接收单元501,还用于接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送所述控制指示信息,或用于指示在所 述第一TTI上发送所述控制指示信息。Optionally, the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that The control indication information is sent on the first TTI.
可选的,所述第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。Optionally, the first DCI further includes information for indicating a length of the TTI.
可选的,所述TTI长度的信息用于指示:Optionally, the information about the length of the TTI is used to indicate:
一种TTI长度,所述一种TTI长度为所述时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的TTI位置信息,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and TTI location information of the TTI included in the time window, the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or
至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道,下行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The time length of the at least one physical channel, where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
可选的,当在第一TTI上接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括所述第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,Optionally, when the second DCI is received on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
当在第一TTI上未接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在所述第一TTI上的所述第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not received on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes an RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
其中,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上接收的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information received on the first TTI.
可选的,所述第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:第二DCI占用的RE,第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,第二DCI的格式。Optionally, the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions: an RE occupied by the second DCI, a number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI, and a CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI. The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI, and the format of the second DCI.
可选的,所述调度信息包括用于触发发送初传的信息或用于指示接收初传的信息;和/或,Optionally, the scheduling information includes information used to trigger the sending of the initial transmission or information used to indicate the initial transmission; and/or,
所述第二DCI用于触发发送信息或用于指示接收信息,包括:所述第二DCI用来触发发送重传的信息或用于指示接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger sending information or to indicate receiving information, and includes: the second DCI is used to trigger information for sending retransmission or information for indicating retransmission.
可选的,接收单元401,用于接收第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧的下行控制信道区域接收所述第一DCI,所述下行控制信道区域位于所述子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,Optionally, the receiving unit 401 is configured to receive the first DCI, where the first DCI is received in a downlink control channel region of a subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols; and/or,
所述第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
可选的,参见图21,该用户终端还包括:Optionally, referring to FIG. 21, the user terminal further includes:
发送单元502,用于发送第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示具有 接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示具有接收第二配置信息的能力。The sending unit 502 is configured to send first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that The ability to receive the second DCI, either to indicate the ability to receive the first configuration information, or to indicate the ability to receive the second configuration information.
本发明实施例提供的用户终端,该用户终端通过接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI,从而为该UT配置至少一个TTI上的信息传输,并根据第一DCI包括的调度信息进行信息传输,从而网络设备无需在每个TTI都发送一次调度信息,节省了传输资源,同时也减小了下行的吞吐量,提高了数据传输的速率。The user terminal provided by the embodiment of the present invention receives the first downlink control information DCI sent by the network device, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window, and the time window includes at least a transmission time interval TTI, thereby configuring information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, and performing information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, so that the network device does not need to send scheduling information once in each TTI, thereby saving transmission resources. At the same time, it also reduces the downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
图22为本发明实施例提供是一种网络设备的结构示意图,该网络设备包括:处理器61、存储器62和通信接口63。FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device, where the network device includes: a processor 61, a memory 62, and a communication interface 63.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解,图22所示的结构仅为示意,其并不对网络设备的结构造成限定。例如,该网络设备还可包括比图22中所示更多或者更少的组件,或者具有与图22所示不同的配置。It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure shown in FIG. 22 is merely illustrative, and does not limit the structure of the network device. For example, the network device may also include more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 22, or have a different configuration than that shown in FIG.
下面对网络设备的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following describes the components of the network device:
所述存储器62用于存储计算机执行指令,所述处理器61与所述存储器62连接,当所述网络设备运行时,所述处理器61执行所述存储器62存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述网络设备执行上述如图5-图13任意之一所示的方法中网络设备的步骤。具体的方法参见图5-图13任意之一所示的实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The memory 62 is configured to store computer execution instructions, the processor 61 is coupled to the memory 62, and when the network device is running, the processor 61 executes the computer execution instructions stored by the memory 62 to Having the network device perform the steps of the network device in the method shown in any of the above Figures 5-13. For a specific method, refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 13 , and details are not described herein again.
本实施例还提供一种存储介质,该存储介质可以包括所述存储器62。The embodiment further provides a storage medium, which may include the memory 62.
所述处理器61可以为CPU。所述处理器61还可以为其他通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The processor 61 can be a CPU. The processor 61 can also be other general purpose processors, DSPs, ASICs, FPGAs or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and the like. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
所述处理器61可以为专用处理器,该专用处理器可以包括基带处理芯片、射频处理芯片等中的至少一个。进一步地,该专用处理器还可以包括具有网络设备其他专用处理功能的芯片。The processor 61 may be a dedicated processor, and the dedicated processor may include at least one of a baseband processing chip, a radio frequency processing chip, and the like. Further, the dedicated processor may also include a chip having other dedicated processing functions of the network device.
所述存储器62可以包括易失性存储器,例如随机存取存储器RAM;所述存储器62也可以包括非易失性存储器,例如只读存储器ROM,快闪存储器,HDD或SSD;所述存储器62还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组 合。The memory 62 can include volatile memory, such as random access memory RAM; the memory 62 can also include non-volatile memory, such as read only memory ROM, flash memory, HDD or SSD; A group of memories of the above kind may be included Hehe.
所述通信接口63具体可以是网络设备上的收发器。该收发器可以为无线收发器。例如,无线收发器可以是网络设备的天线等。所述处理器61通过所述通信接口63与其他设备,例如终端之间进行数据的收发。The communication interface 63 may specifically be a transceiver on a network device. The transceiver can be a wireless transceiver. For example, the wireless transceiver can be an antenna of a network device or the like. The processor 61 performs data transmission and reception with the other device, for example, the terminal through the communication interface 63.
在具体实现过程中,上述如图5-图13任意之一所示的方法流程中网络设备的各步骤均可以通过硬件形式的处理器61执行存储器62中存储的软件形式的计算机执行指令实现。为避免重复,此处不再赘述。In a specific implementation process, each step of the network device in the method flow shown in any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 13 can be implemented by the processor 61 in the hardware form executing the computer executed instructions in the form of software stored in the memory 62. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat them here.
本发明的实施例提供的一种网络设备,网络设备通过向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI,从而为该UT配置至少一个TTI上的信息传输,以使用户终端在接收到该第一DCI时,用户终端可以根据第一DCI包括的调度信息进行信息传输,从而网络设备无需在每个TTI都发送一次调度信息,节省了传输资源,同时也减小了下行的吞吐量,提高了数据传输的速率。A network device is provided by the network device, where the network device sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window, and the time window Include at least one transmission time interval TTI, so as to configure information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, so that when the user terminal receives the first DCI, the user terminal may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, thereby The network device does not need to send scheduling information once per TTI, which saves transmission resources, and also reduces downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
图23为本发明实施例提供是一种用户终端,该用户终端包括:处理器71、存储器72和通信接口73。FIG. 23 is a user terminal, where the user terminal includes: a processor 71, a memory 72, and a communication interface 73.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解,图23所示的结构仅为示意,其并不对用户终端的结构造成限定。例如,该用户终端还可包括比图23中所示更多或者更少的组件,或者具有与图23所示不同的配置。It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure shown in FIG. 23 is merely illustrative, and does not limit the structure of the user terminal. For example, the user terminal may also include more or less components than those shown in FIG. 23, or have a different configuration than that shown in FIG.
下面对用户终端的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following describes the components of the user terminal in detail:
所述存储器72用于存储计算机执行指令,所述处理器71与所述存储器72连接,当所述用户终端运行时,所述处理器71执行所述存储器72存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述用户终端执行上述如图5-图13任意之一所示的方法流程中用户终端的步骤。具体的方法可参见图5-图13任意之一所示的实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The memory 72 is configured to store computer execution instructions, the processor 71 is coupled to the memory 72, and when the user terminal is running, the processor 71 executes the computer execution instructions stored by the memory 72 to The user terminal is caused to perform the steps of the user terminal in the method flow shown in any of the above-mentioned FIGS. 5-13. For a specific method, refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 13 , and details are not described herein again.
本实施例还提供一种存储介质,该存储介质可以包括所述存储器72。The embodiment further provides a storage medium, which may include the memory 72.
所述处理器71可以为中央处理器(英文:central processing unit,缩写:CPU)。所述处理器71还可以为其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(英文:digital signal processing,简称DSP)、专用集成电路(英文:application specific integrated circuit,简称ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(英文: field-programmable gate array,简称FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The processor 71 can be a central processing unit (English: central processing unit, abbreviation: CPU). The processor 71 can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processing (DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (English) : Field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
所述处理器71可以为专用处理器,该专用处理器可以包括基带处理芯片、射频处理芯片等中的至少一个。进一步地,该专用处理器还可以包括具有用户终端其他专用处理功能的芯片。The processor 71 may be a dedicated processor, and the dedicated processor may include at least one of a baseband processing chip, a radio frequency processing chip, and the like. Further, the dedicated processor may also include a chip having other dedicated processing functions of the user terminal.
所述存储器72可以包括易失性存储器(英文:volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(英文:random-access memory,缩写:RAM);所述存储器72也可以包括非易失性存储器(英文:non-volatile memory),例如只读存储器(英文:read-only memory,缩写:ROM),快闪存储器(英文:flash memory),硬盘(英文:hard disk drive,缩写:HDD)或固态硬盘(英文:solid-state drive,缩写:SSD);所述存储器72还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组合。The memory 72 may include a volatile memory (English: volatile memory) (English: random-access memory, abbreviation: RAM); the memory 72 may also include a non-volatile memory (English: Non-volatile memory, such as read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviation: ROM), flash memory (English: flash memory), hard disk (English: hard disk drive, abbreviation: HDD) or solid state drive (English) : solid-state drive, abbreviated: SSD); the memory 72 may also include a combination of the above types of memory.
所述通信接口73具体可以是用户终端上的收发器。该收发器可以为无线收发器。例如,无线收发器可以是用户终端的天线等。所述处理器71通过所述通信接口73与其他设备,例如基站之间进行数据的收发。The communication interface 73 may specifically be a transceiver on the user terminal. The transceiver can be a wireless transceiver. For example, the wireless transceiver can be an antenna of a user terminal or the like. The processor 71 performs data transmission and reception with other devices, such as a base station, through the communication interface 73.
在具体实现过程中,上述图5-图13任意之一所示的方法流程中用户终端的各步骤均可以通过硬件形式的处理器71执行存储器72中存储的软件形式的计算机执行指令实现。为避免重复,此处不再赘述。In a specific implementation process, each step of the user terminal in the method flow shown in any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 13 can be implemented by the processor 71 in hardware form executing the computer-executed instruction in the form of software stored in the memory 72. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat them here.
本发明实施例提供的用户终端,该用户终端通过接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI,从而为该UT配置至少一个TTI上的信息传输,并根据第一DCI包括的调度信息进行信息传输,从而网络设备无需在每个TTI都发送一次调度信息,节省了传输资源,同时也减小了下行的吞吐量,提高了数据传输的速率。The user terminal provided by the embodiment of the present invention receives the first downlink control information DCI sent by the network device, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in a time window, and the time window includes at least a transmission time interval TTI, thereby configuring information transmission on the UT for at least one TTI, and performing information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, so that the network device does not need to send scheduling information once in each TTI, thereby saving transmission resources. At the same time, it also reduces the downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
本发明实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述图22所述的网络设备和上述图23所述的用户终端。The embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, which includes the network device described above with reference to FIG. 22 and the user terminal described above with reference to FIG.
本发明实施例提供的通信系统,该通信系统中的网络设备通过向用户终端发送第一下行控制信息DCI,第一DCI包括用于指示该UT在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI,从 而为该UT配置至少一个TTI上的信息传输,该用户终端在接收到第一DCI时,可以根据第一DCI包括的调度信息进行信息传输,从而网络设备无需在每个TTI都发送一次调度信息,节省了传输资源,同时也减小了下行的吞吐量,提高了数据传输的速率。The communication system provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the network device in the communication system sends the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT performs information transmission in the time window, time The window contains at least one transmission time interval TTI, from And configuring, by the UT, the information transmission on the at least one TTI, when receiving the first DCI, the user terminal may perform information transmission according to the scheduling information included in the first DCI, so that the network device does not need to send the scheduling information once in each TTI. , which saves transmission resources, and also reduces downlink throughput and increases the rate of data transmission.
最后应说明的是:以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。 It should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not limited thereto; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art should understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments are modified, or the equivalents of the technical features are replaced. The modifications and substitutions do not depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.

Claims (70)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:A data transmission method is characterized in that it is applied to a network device, and the method includes:
    向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI包括用于指示所述UT在时间窗内的调度信息,所述时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。Transmitting, by the user terminal UT, first downlink control information DCI, the first DCI including scheduling information indicating that the UT is within a time window, the time window including at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    向所述UT发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;Sending, to the UT, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
    其中,第一调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI。The first scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    向所述UT发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式;Sending, to the UT, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode;
    其中,所述第二调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI和第二DCI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
    触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
    用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
    用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI之后,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein after the sending the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, the method further includes:
    在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Transmitting, to the UT, a second DCI on the first TTI, the first TTI being one of at least one TTI included in the time window.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 3, further comprising:
    当所述第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。When the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, send a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one TTI of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    在第一TTI上向所述UT发送控制指示信息,所述控制指示信息用于指示所述第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项: Sending control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the first TTI is in at least one TTI included in the time window. One TTI, the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
    触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
    用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
    用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第一TTI上向所述UT发送控制指示信息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein after the sending the control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, the method further includes:
    当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI时,在所述第一TTI中的时频资源上向所述UT发送所述第二DCI,根据所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI,接收所述UT发送的信息或在所述第一TTI上向所述UT发送信息;When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, sending the second DCI to the UT on a time-frequency resource in the first TTI, according to the first DCI And receiving, by the second DCI, information sent by the UT or sending information to the UT on the first TTI;
    当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI时,根据所述第一DCI,接收所述UT发送的信息或在所述第一TTI上向所述UT发送信息。When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, receiving information sent by the UT or sending information to the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI .
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the control indication information comprises first indication information or second indication information, where
    所述第一指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
    所述第二指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上发送第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  9. 根据权利要求6-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of any of claims 6-8, further comprising:
    向所述UT发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示在所述第一TTI上向所述UT不发送所述控制指示信息,或用于指示在所述第一TTI上向所述UT发送所述控制指示信息。Transmitting, to the UT, second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the first TTI is The UT sends the control indication information.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。The method of any of claims 1-9, wherein the first DCI further comprises information for indicating a length of the TTI.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述TTI长度的信息用于指示:The method according to claim 10, wherein the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
    一种TTI长度,所述一种TTI长度为所述时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
    至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
    至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或, At least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window, the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or
    至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道,下行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The time length of the at least one physical channel, where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  12. 根据权利要求3-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of any of claims 3-11, further comprising:
    当在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括所述第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,When the second DCI is sent to the UT on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
    当在第一TTI中向所述UT未发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在所述第一TTI上的所述第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not sent to the UT in the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
    其中,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上向所述UT发送的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information sent to the UT on the first TTI.
  13. 根据权利要求3-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 12, wherein the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions:
    所述第二DCI占用的RE,The RE occupied by the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,The number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,The CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI的格式。The format of the second DCI.
  14. 根据权利要求3-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度信息包括用于触发所述UT发送初传的信息或用于指示所述UT接收初传的信息;和/或,The method according to any one of claims 3 to 13, wherein the scheduling information comprises information for triggering the UT to transmit an initial transmission or for instructing the UT to receive an initial transmission; and/or ,
    所述第二DCI用于触发所述UT发送信息或用于指示所述UT接收信息,包括:所述第二DCI用来触发所述UT发送重传的信息或用于指示所述UT接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to indicate that the UT receives information, including: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives heavy information. Information passed.
  15. 根据权利要求3-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 3-14, wherein
    所述向UT发送第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧内的下行控制信道区域向所述UT发送所述第一DCI,所述下行控制信道区域位于该一个子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,The sending, by the UT, the first DCI, is: sending, by using a downlink control channel region in a subframe, the first DCI, where the downlink control channel region is located before the first, second, or third of the one subframe. Symbols; and/or,
    所述第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  16. 根据权利要求1-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述向UT发送第一DCI之前,还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein before the sending the first DCI to the UT, the method further comprises:
    接收所述UT发送的第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示所述UT具有接收第二DCI的能力或者用于指示所述UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力。Receiving first notification information sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein before the sending the first downlink control information DCI to the user terminal UT, the method further includes:
    根据所述UT在时间窗内的调度信息生成所述第一DCI。Generating the first DCI according to scheduling information of the UT within a time window.
  18. 根据权利要求4-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 to 17, wherein before the sending the second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, the method further includes:
    生成所述第二DCI。Generating the second DCI.
  19. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,应用于用户终端UT,所述方法包括:A data transmission method is applied to a user terminal UT, and the method includes:
    接收第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI包括用于指示在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,所述时间窗包括至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。Receiving first downlink control information DCI, the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating information transmission within a time window, the time window including at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;Receiving first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
    其中,第一调度模式用于指示接收所述第一DCI。The first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI is received.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式;Receiving first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode;
    其中,所述第二调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI和第二DCI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
    触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
    用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
    用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接收第一下行控制信息DCI之后,还包括:The method according to claim 19, after the receiving the first downlink control information DCI, further comprising:
    在第一TTI上接收所述第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Receiving the second DCI on a first TTI, the first TTI being one of at least one TTI included in the time window.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接收第一下行控制信息DCI之后,还包括:The method according to claim 21, after the receiving the first downlink control information DCI, further comprising:
    当所述配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上接收所述第 二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。Receiving the first TTI when the configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode The second DCI is the one TTI of the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  24. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    在第一TTI上接收控制指示信息,所述控制指示信息用于指示所述第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:Receiving control indication information on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, The second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
    触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
    用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
    用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述第一TTI上接收控制指示信息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein after receiving the control indication information on the first TTI, the method further includes:
    当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI时,在所述第一TTI上接收所述第二DCI,根据所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI,发送信息或在所述第一TTI上接收信息;When the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, the second DCI is received on the first TTI, and information is sent according to the first DCI and the second DCI. Or receiving information on the first TTI;
    当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI时,根据所述第一DCI,发送信息或在所述第一TTI上接收信息。And when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, sending information according to the first DCI or receiving information on the first TTI.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the control indication information comprises first indication information or second indication information, wherein
    所述第一指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
    所述第二指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  27. 根据权利要求24-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of any of claims 24-26, further comprising:
    接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送所述控制指示信息,或用于指示在所述第一TTI上发送所述控制指示信息。And receiving the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the control indication information is sent on the first TTI.
  28. 根据权利要求19-27任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。The method according to any one of claims 19-27, wherein the first DCI further comprises information for indicating a length of the TTI.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述TTI长度的信息用于指示:The method of claim 28 wherein said TTI length information is used to indicate:
    一种TTI长度,所述一种TTI长度为所述时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
    至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的 时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein the time window contains any one of the TTI The length of time is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths; or,
    至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的TTI位置信息,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and TTI location information of the TTI included in the time window, the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or
    至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道,下行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The time length of the at least one physical channel, where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  30. 根据权利要求21-29任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of any of claims 21-29, further comprising:
    当在第一TTI上接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括所述第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,When receiving the second DCI on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
    当在第一TTI上未接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在所述第一TTI上的所述第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not received on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes an RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
    其中,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上接收的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information received on the first TTI.
  31. 根据权利要求21-30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 30, wherein the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions:
    所述第二DCI占用的RE,The RE occupied by the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,The number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,The CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI的格式。The format of the second DCI.
  32. 根据权利要求20-31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 20 to 31, wherein
    所述调度信息包括用于触发发送初传的信息或用于指示接收初传的信息;和/或,The scheduling information includes information for triggering transmission of an initial transmission or information for indicating reception of an initial transmission; and/or,
    所述第二DCI用于触发发送信息或用于指示接收信息,包括:所述第二DCI用来触发发送重传的信息或用于指示接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger sending information or to indicate receiving information, and includes: the second DCI is used to trigger information for sending retransmission or information for indicating retransmission.
  33. 根据权利要求21-32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于:A method according to any of claims 21-32, characterized in that:
    所述接收第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧的下行控制信道区域接收所述第一DCI,所述下行控制信道区域位于所述子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,The receiving, by the first DCI, the first DCI is received in a downlink control channel region of a subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the subframe; and/or
    所述第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  34. 根据权利要求19-33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在接收第 一DCI之前,还包括:Method according to any of claims 19-33, characterized in that Before a DCI, it also includes:
    发送第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示具有接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示具有接收第二配置信息的能力。Transmitting the first notification information, the first notification information is used to indicate the capability of receiving the second DCI, or to indicate the capability to receive the first configuration information, or to indicate the capability to receive the second configuration information.
  35. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:A network device, where the network device includes:
    发送单元,用于向用户终端UT发送第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI包括用于指示所述UT在时间窗内的调度信息,所述时间窗包含至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。And a sending unit, configured to send, to the user terminal UT, first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating that the UT is within a time window, where the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 35, wherein
    所述发送单元,还用于向所述UT发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;The sending unit is further configured to send first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
    其中,第一调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI。The first scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 35, wherein
    所述发送单元,还用于向所述UT发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式;The sending unit is further configured to send first configuration information to the UT, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode;
    其中,所述第二调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI和第二DCI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
    触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
    用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
    用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  38. 根据权利要求35所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 35, wherein
    所述发送单元,还用于在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。The sending unit is further configured to send a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 37, wherein
    所述发送单元,还用于当所述第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。The sending unit is further configured to: when the first configuration information is used to configure the second scheduling mode, send a second DCI to the UT on the first TTI, where the first TTI is included in the time window One TTI in at least one TTI.
  40. 根据权利要求35所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 35, wherein
    所述发送单元,还用于在第一TTI上向所述UT发送控制指示信息,所述控制指示信息用于指示所述第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,所述第一 TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The sending unit is further configured to send control indication information to the UT on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the first The TTI is one of at least one TTI included in the time window, and the second DCI is used to perform at least one of the following functions:
    触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
    用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
    用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 40, wherein
    所述发送单元,还用于当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI时,在所述第一TTI中的时频资源上向所述UT发送所述第二DCI,根据所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI,接收所述UT发送的信息或在所述第一TTI上向所述UT发送信息;The sending unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, send the second to the UT on a time-frequency resource in the first TTI And receiving, by the DCI, information sent by the UT or sending information to the UT on the first TTI according to the first DCI and the second DCI;
    所述发送单元,还用于当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI时,根据所述第一DCI,接收所述UT发送的信息或在所述第一TTI上向所述UT发送信息。The sending unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, receive information sent by the UT according to the first DCI or in the first Information is sent to the UT on the TTI.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,The network device according to claim 40 or 41, wherein the control indication information comprises first indication information or second indication information, where
    所述第一指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
    所述第二指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上发送第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  43. 根据权利要求40-42任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any of claims 40-42, characterized in that
    所述发送单元,还用于向所述UT发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示在所述第一TTI上向所述UT不发送所述控制指示信息,或用于指示在所述第一TTI上向所述UT发送所述控制指示信息。The sending unit is further configured to send, to the UT, second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent to the UT on the first TTI, or is used to indicate Sending the control indication information to the UT on the first TTI.
  44. 根据权利要求35-43任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。The network device according to any one of claims 35-43, wherein the first DCI further comprises information for indicating a length of the TTI.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述TTI长度的信息用于指示:The network device according to claim 44, wherein the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
    一种TTI长度,所述一种TTI长度为所述时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
    至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
    至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息,所述TTI长 度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and location information of the TTI included in the time window, the TTI is long Degree corresponds to the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or,
    至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道,下行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The time length of the at least one physical channel, where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  46. 根据权利要求37-45任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any of claims 37-45, characterized in that
    当在第一TTI上向所述UT发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括所述第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,When the second DCI is sent to the UT on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
    当在第一TTI中向所述UT未发送第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在所述第一TTI上的所述第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not sent to the UT in the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes the RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
    其中,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上向所述UT发送的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information sent to the UT on the first TTI.
  47. 根据权利要求37-46任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:The network device according to any one of claims 37 to 46, wherein the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions:
    所述第二DCI占用的RE,The RE occupied by the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,The number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,The CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI的格式。The format of the second DCI.
  48. 根据权利要求37-47任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述调度信息包括用于触发所述UT发送初传的信息或用于指示所述UT接收初传的信息;和/或,The network device according to any one of claims 37 to 47, wherein the scheduling information comprises information for triggering the UT to transmit an initial transmission or for instructing the UT to receive an initial transmission; and/ or,
    所述第二DCI用于触发所述UT发送信息或用于指示所述UT接收信息,包括:所述第二DCI用来触发所述UT发送重传的信息或用于指示所述UT接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send information or to indicate that the UT receives information, including: the second DCI is used to trigger the UT to send retransmission information or to indicate that the UT receives heavy information. Information passed.
  49. 根据权利要求37-48任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于:A network device according to any one of claims 37-48, characterized in that:
    所述发送单元,用于所述向UT发送第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧内的下行控制信道区域向所述UT发送所述第一DCI,所述下行控制信道区域位于该一个子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,The sending unit, configured to send the first DCI to the UT, includes: sending the first DCI to the UT in a downlink control channel region in one subframe, where the downlink control channel region is located in the one subframe The first 1, 2 or 3 symbols; and / or,
    所述第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  50. 根据权利要求35-49所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设 备还包括:A network device according to claims 35-49, wherein said network is Also included are:
    接收单元,用于接收所述UT发送的第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示所述UT具有接收第二DCI的能力或者用于指示所述UT具有接收第一配置信息的能力。The receiving unit is configured to receive first notification information that is sent by the UT, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the second DCI or is used to indicate that the UT has the capability of receiving the first configuration information.
  51. 根据权利要求35-50任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备还包括:The network device according to any one of claims 35 to 50, wherein the network device further comprises:
    处理单元,用于根据所述UT在时间窗内的调度信息生成所述第一DCI。And a processing unit, configured to generate the first DCI according to scheduling information of the UT in a time window.
  52. 根据权利要求38-51任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any of claims 38-51, characterized in that
    所述处理单元,还用于生成所述第二DCI。The processing unit is further configured to generate the second DCI.
  53. 一种用户终端,其特征在于,所述用户终端包括:A user terminal, the user terminal comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI包括用于指示在时间窗内进行信息传输的调度信息,所述时间窗包括至少一个传输时间间隔TTI。And a receiving unit, configured to receive first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI includes scheduling information for indicating information transmission within a time window, where the time window includes at least one transmission time interval TTI.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to claim 53, wherein
    所述接收单元,还用于接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一调度模式;The receiving unit is further configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first scheduling mode;
    其中,第一调度模式用于指示接收所述第一DCI。The first scheduling mode is used to indicate that the first DCI is received.
  55. 根据权利要求53所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to claim 53, wherein
    所述接收单元,还用于接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第二调度模式;The receiving unit is further configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode;
    其中,所述第二调度模式用于指示所述UT接收所述第一DCI和第二DCI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The second scheduling mode is used to instruct the UT to receive the first DCI and the second DCI, and the second DCI is used to complete at least one of the following functions:
    触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
    用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
    用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  56. 根据权利要求53所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to claim 53, wherein
    所述接收单元,还用于在第一TTI上接收所述第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。The receiving unit is further configured to receive the second DCI on a first TTI, where the first TTI is one of at least one TTI included in the time window.
  57. 根据权利要求55所述的用户终端,其特征在于, A user terminal according to claim 55, characterized in that
    所述接收单元,还用于当所述配置信息用于配置第二调度模式时,在第一TTI上接收所述第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI。The receiving unit is further configured to: when the configuration information is used to configure a second scheduling mode, receive the second DCI on a first TTI, where the first TTI is in at least one TTI included in the time window. One of the TTIs.
  58. 根据权利要求53所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to claim 53, wherein
    所述接收单元,还用于在第一TTI上接收控制指示信息,所述控制指示信息用于指示所述第一TTI上是否发送第二DCI,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述第二DCI用于完成以下功能中的至少一项:The receiving unit is further configured to receive control indication information on the first TTI, where the control indication information is used to indicate whether the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, where the first TTI is included in the time window. One TTI in at least one TTI, the second DCI being used to perform at least one of the following functions:
    触发所述UT发送信息,Triggering the UT to send information,
    用于指示所述UT接收信息,Used to instruct the UT to receive information,
    用于更新所述调度信息中的至少一部分信息。And used to update at least a part of the information in the scheduling information.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to claim 58, wherein
    所述接收单元,还用于当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI时,在所述第一TTI上接收所述第二DCI,根据所述第一DCI和所述第二DCI,发送信息或在所述第一TTI上接收信息;The receiving unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI, receive the second DCI on the first TTI, according to the first DCI and Transmitting information or receiving information on the first TTI;
    所述接收单元,还用于当所述控制指示信息指示所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI时,根据所述第一DCI,发送信息或在所述第一TTI上接收信息。The receiving unit is further configured to: when the control indication information indicates that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI, send information according to the first DCI or receive information on the first TTI.
  60. 根据权利要求58或59所述的用户终端,其特征在于,所述控制指示信息包括第一指示信息或第二指示信息,其中,The user terminal according to claim 58 or 59, wherein the control indication information comprises first indication information or second indication information, wherein
    所述第一指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送所述第二DCI;The first indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is not sent on the first TTI;
    所述第二指示信息,用于指示在所述第一TTI上发送所述第二DCI。The second indication information is used to indicate that the second DCI is sent on the first TTI.
  61. 根据权利要求58-59任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to any one of claims 58 to 59, characterized in that
    所述接收单元,还用于接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示在所述第一TTI上未发送所述控制指示信息,或用于指示在所述第一TTI上发送所述控制指示信息。The receiving unit is further configured to receive the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate that the control indication information is not sent on the first TTI, or is used to indicate that the first TTI is sent. The control indication information.
  62. 根据权利要求53-61任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还包括用于指示TTI长度的信息。The user terminal according to any one of claims 53-61, wherein the first DCI further comprises information for indicating a length of the TTI.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的用户终端,其特征在于,所述TTI长度的信息用于指示: The user terminal according to claim 62, wherein the information of the TTI length is used to indicate:
    一种TTI长度,所述一种TTI长度为所述时间窗包含的TTI的时间长度;或者,A TTI length, the length of the TTI being the length of time of the TTI included in the time window; or
    至少两种候选的TTI长度,其中,所述时间窗包含的任意一个TTI的时间长度为所述至少两种候选的TTI长度中的一种;或者,At least two candidate TTI lengths, wherein a time length of any one of the TTIs included in the time window is one of the at least two candidate TTI lengths; or
    至少一种TTI长度和所述时间窗包含的TTI的TTI位置信息,所述TTI长度与所述时间窗包含的TTI的位置信息存在对应关系;和/或,At least one TTI length and TTI location information of the TTI included in the time window, the TTI length corresponding to the location information of the TTI included in the time window; and/or
    至少一个物理信道所在的时间长度,所述物理信道包含上行数据信道,下行数据信道,上行控制信道,下行控制信道中的至少一种。The time length of the at least one physical channel, where the physical channel includes at least one of an uplink data channel, a downlink data channel, an uplink control channel, and a downlink control channel.
  64. 根据权利要求55-63任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于,还包括:The user terminal according to any one of claims 55-63, further comprising:
    当在第一TTI上接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE不包括所述第二DCI的时频资源的RE;和/或,When receiving the second DCI on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel does not include the RE of the time-frequency resource of the second DCI; and/or,
    当在第一TTI上未接收到第二DCI时,下行数据信道占用的资源元素RE包括,在所述第一TTI上的所述第二DCI的时频资源所在的RE;When the second DCI is not received on the first TTI, the resource element RE occupied by the downlink data channel includes an RE where the time-frequency resource of the second DCI on the first TTI is located;
    其中,所述第一TTI是所述时间窗包含的至少一个TTI中的一个TTI,所述下行数据信道是用于承载在第一TTI上接收的数据信息。The first TTI is one TTI in the at least one TTI included in the time window, and the downlink data channel is used to carry data information received on the first TTI.
  65. 根据权利要求55-64任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还用于指示以下功能中的至少一项:The user terminal according to any one of claims 55-64, wherein the first DCI is further used to indicate at least one of the following functions:
    所述第二DCI占用的RE,The RE occupied by the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的候选下行控制信道的数量,The number of candidate downlink control channels corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的CCE聚合等级,The CCE aggregation level corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI对应的CCE占用的RE数,The number of REs occupied by the CCE corresponding to the second DCI,
    所述第二DCI的格式。The format of the second DCI.
  66. 根据权利要求54-65任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于,A user terminal according to any of claims 54-65, characterized in that
    所述调度信息包括用于触发发送初传的信息或用于指示接收初传的信息;和/或,The scheduling information includes information for triggering transmission of an initial transmission or information for indicating reception of an initial transmission; and/or,
    所述第二DCI用于触发发送信息或用于指示接收信息,包括:所述第二DCI用来触发发送重传的信息或用于指示接收重传的信息。The second DCI is used to trigger sending information or to indicate receiving information, and includes: the second DCI is used to trigger information for sending retransmission or information for indicating retransmission.
  67. 根据权利要求55-66任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于:A user terminal according to any of claims 55-66, characterized in that:
    所述接收单元,用于接收第一DCI,包括:在一个子帧的下行控制信 道区域接收所述第一DCI,所述下行控制信道区域位于所述子帧的前1,2或3个符号;和/或,The receiving unit is configured to receive the first DCI, including: a downlink control signal in one subframe The track area receives the first DCI, and the downlink control channel area is located in the first 1, 2 or 3 symbols of the subframe; and/or,
    所述第一TTI的长度小于等于0.5ms。The length of the first TTI is less than or equal to 0.5 ms.
  68. 根据权利要求53-67任一项所述的用户终端,其特征在于,所述用户终端还包括:The user terminal according to any one of claims 53 to 67, wherein the user terminal further comprises:
    发送单元,用于发送第一通知信息,第一通知信息用于指示具有接收第二DCI的能力,或用于指示具有接收第一配置信息的能力,或用于指示具有接收第二配置信息的能力。a sending unit, configured to send first notification information, where the first notification information is used to indicate that the device has the capability of receiving the second DCI, or is used to indicate that the device has the capability of receiving the first configuration information, or is configured to indicate that the second configuration information is received. ability.
  69. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储代码和数据,所述处理器可运行存储器中的代码,所述处理器用于执行上述权利要求1-18任一项所述的数据传输方法。A network device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory storing code and data, the processor being operative to execute code in a memory, the processor for performing the above claim 1 The data transmission method of any of 18.
  70. 一种用户终端,其特征在于,所述用户终端包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储代码和数据,所述处理器可运行存储器中的代码,所述处理器用于执行上述权利要求19-34任一项所述的数据传输方法。 A user terminal, comprising: a processor and a memory, said memory storing code and data, said processor being operative to execute code in said memory, said processor for performing said claim 19 - The data transmission method of any of 34.
PCT/CN2016/078176 2016-03-31 2016-03-31 Data transmission method and apparatus WO2017166217A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/078176 WO2017166217A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2016-03-31 Data transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/078176 WO2017166217A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2016-03-31 Data transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017166217A1 true WO2017166217A1 (en) 2017-10-05

Family

ID=59963302

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/078176 WO2017166217A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2016-03-31 Data transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017166217A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114424667A (en) * 2019-09-30 2022-04-29 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US20230262717A1 (en) * 2016-09-28 2023-08-17 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. 5g nr data delivery for flexible radio services

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102413576A (en) * 2011-12-21 2012-04-11 电信科学技术研究院 Physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) transmitting and receiving methods and equipment
WO2013129838A1 (en) * 2012-02-27 2013-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Adaptation of control signaling transmissions to variations in respective resources
CN104852778A (en) * 2014-02-18 2015-08-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Overhead information transmission method, base station, terminal and system
CN105246164A (en) * 2015-10-27 2016-01-13 魅族科技(中国)有限公司 Data transmission method and data transmission device for ultra-dense network

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102413576A (en) * 2011-12-21 2012-04-11 电信科学技术研究院 Physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) transmitting and receiving methods and equipment
WO2013129838A1 (en) * 2012-02-27 2013-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Adaptation of control signaling transmissions to variations in respective resources
CN104852778A (en) * 2014-02-18 2015-08-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Overhead information transmission method, base station, terminal and system
CN105246164A (en) * 2015-10-27 2016-01-13 魅族科技(中国)有限公司 Data transmission method and data transmission device for ultra-dense network

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230262717A1 (en) * 2016-09-28 2023-08-17 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. 5g nr data delivery for flexible radio services
CN114424667A (en) * 2019-09-30 2022-04-29 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN114424667B (en) * 2019-09-30 2023-11-17 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111865506B (en) Semi-static codebook generation method and communication device
US11082963B2 (en) Method, terminal device and network device for transmitting uplink control information
TWI631863B (en) Resource allocation in communications system
US8917686B2 (en) Uplink signal transmission method using contention-based identifiers
TWI713407B (en) Method and device for service transmission
EP2745593B1 (en) Scheduling communications
CN112673583A (en) Method and apparatus for determining downlink time slot of CSI resource
WO2017024563A1 (en) Data transmission method, device, and system
WO2020200162A1 (en) Feedback information determining method and communication apparatus
JP7371761B2 (en) Signal transmission methods, devices and systems
CN110166207B (en) Resource determination method and device
CN114631379A (en) Method and user equipment for downlink control information format construction
WO2020029878A1 (en) Pucch sending method and receiving method, terminal and base station
WO2020191740A1 (en) Signal reception or transmission method and device, and system
US10616887B2 (en) Data communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2018228288A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device and network device
JP2019521561A (en) Feedback message transmission method, feedback message processing method, and apparatus
CN109905212B (en) Indication method of hybrid automatic repeat request timing relationship, base station and user equipment
EP3509369A1 (en) Signal sending method and device
US10820313B2 (en) Method for sending control information, apparatus, and system
CN110730513B (en) Communication method and device
WO2017166217A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2018028454A1 (en) Method for transmitting information and related device
WO2019023912A1 (en) Response feedback method, terminal, and network device
CN110752905B (en) Communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16895997

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16895997

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1